TRICO MARINE SERVICES INC
8-K, 1997-11-21
OIL & GAS FIELD MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: TRICO MARINE SERVICES INC, POS AM, 1997-11-21
Next: REPUBLIC BANCORP INC /KY/, 8-K, 1997-11-21







                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM 8-K

                                   CURRENT REPORT
                       Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                           Securities Exchange Act of 1934

          Date  of  Report  (Date  of earliest event reported) November 14, 1997


                             TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


   Delaware                            0-28316           72-1252405
   (State or other jurisdiction (Commission File Number) (IRS Employer
           of incorporation)                             Identification No.)


                  250 North American Court, Houma, Louisiana    70363
                  (Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip Code)



                                   (504) 851-3833
                (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


                                         N/A
         (Former name or former  address,  if  changed  since last report.)
         
          Item 5.    Other Events

               On  November  14,  1997,  Trico  Marine  Services, Inc. (the
          "Company") completed the private placement of $100,000,000 of the
          Company's  8 1/2%  Senior Notes due 2005, Series C (the "Notes").  
          The Notes are jointly and severally  guaranteed by the  Company's
          principal  operating  subsidiaries.   The  Company  received  net
          proceeds  from  the  sale  of  the Notes of  approximately  $99.0
          million.  The Company intends to  use  the  net proceeds from the
          offering to finance a portion of the acquisition of Saevik Supply
          AS, a publicly-traded Norwegian company ("Seavik Supply").

               The  Company has made a public bid for all  the  outstanding
          common stock of Saevik Supply,  which  will terminate on November
          25, 1997, unless extended. The Company's bid for Saevik Supply is
          subject to several conditions, including the   condition  that at
          least 90% of the outstanding stock of Saevik Supply  be  tendered 
          in the Company's public bid. If the Company does not complete the
          acquisition of Saevik Supply, it will use the net proceeds of the
          offering to fund  future  acquisitions of marine vessels or other
          companies engaged in the provision  of marine support vessels and
          related  services.   The  Company  does not  currently  have  any
          contracts, understandings or arrangements  with  respect  to  any
          material acquisitions other than the acquisition of Saevik Supply.

               The  Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act
          of 1933 and  may  not  be  offered  or  sold in the United States
          absent   registration  or  an  applicable  exemption   from   the
          registration  requirements  thereunder.  The holders of the Notes
          are  entitled  to  certain registration  rights,  pursuant  to  a
          registration rights  agreement  which  provides  that the Company
          will (a) within 60 days, file a registration statement  with  the
          Securities   and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  with
          respect to an  offer to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") the Notes
          for the Company's 8 1/2 % Senior Notes due 2005, Series D,  which 
          will have terms identical in  all material respects to the Notes,
          and (b) use its best efforts to cause  the registration statement
          to be declared  effective   within  120  days.    Under   certain
          circumstances,  the Company will file with the Commission a shelf
          registration  statement  to cover  resales  of the 8 1/2 % Senior
          Notes due 2005, Series D, by holders thereof.

          Item 7.Financial Statements and Exhibits.

               (a)  Not applicable.

               (b)  Exhibits

                     4.1 Indenture  dated  November  14,  1997,  among  the
                         Company,  Trico  Marine  Operators,   Inc.,  Trico
                         Marine  Assets,  Inc.  and  Texas  Commerce   Bank
                         National Association, as Trustee.

                      10.1 Registration Rights Agreement dated November 14,
                         1997 among the Company,  Trico  Marine  Operators,
                         Inc.,  Trico  Marine Assets, Inc. and Jefferies  &
                         Company,  Inc.,  Bear,  Stearns  &  Co.  Inc.  and
                         BancBoston Securities Inc.

                                      SIGNATURES

               Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Exchange Act
          of 1934, the Company has duly caused  this report to be signed on
          its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

                                        TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.


                                        By:  /s/ Victor M. Perez
                                                 Victor M. Perez
                                          Vice  President, Chief Financial
                                               Officer and Treasurer
          Dated: November 19, 1997
         
                                    EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                               Sequentially
          Exhibit No.    Description                           Numbered
                                                               Pages

           4.1           Indenture   dated  November  14,  1997  among  the
                         Company,  Trico   Marine  Operators,  Inc.,  Trico
                         Marine  Assets,  Inc.   and  Texas  Commerce  Bank
                         National Association, as Trustee.  Certain exhibits
                         have been intentionally omitted and will be provided
                         upon the Commission's request.

          4.2            Form of Note and Subsidiary Guarantee

          10.1           Registration Rights Agreement  dated  November 14,
                         1997  among  the  Company, Trico Marine Operators,
                         Inc., Trico Marine  Assets,  Inc.  and Jefferies &
                         Company,  Inc.,  Bear  Stearns  &  Co.  Inc.   and
                         BancBoston Securities, Inc.
         









                             TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.

                                         AND

                  THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO




                                Series C and Series D

                             8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2005






                                      INDENTURE

                            Dated as of November 14, 1997








                                 TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
                                 NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                       Trustee







          
                                CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

          Trust Indenture
             Act Section                                Indenture Section

          310(a)(1)                                                    7.10
             (a)(2)                                                    7.10
             (a)(3)                                                     N/A
             (a)(4)                                                     N/A
             (a)(5)                                                    7.10
             (b)                                                       7.10
             (c)                                                        N/A
          311(a)                                                       7.11
             (b)                                                       7.11
             (c)                                                        N/A
          312(a)                                                       2.05
             (b)                                                      11.03
             (c)                                                      11.03
          313(a)                                                       7.06
             (b)(1)                                                    7.06
             (b)(2)                                              7.06, 7.07
             (c)                                                7.06, 11.02
             (d)                                                       7.06
          314(a)                                                4.03, 11.02
             (b)                                                        N/A
             (c)(1)                                                   11.04
             (c)(2)                                                   11.04
             (c)(3)                                                     N/A
             (d)                                                        N/A
             (e)                                                      11.05
             (f)                                                        N/A
          315(a)                                                       7.01
             (b)                                                7.05, 11.02
             (c)                                                       7.01
             (d)                                                       7.01
             (e)                                                       6.11
          316(a)(last sentence)                                        2.09
             (a)(1)(A)                                                 6.05
             (a)(1)(B)                                                 6.04
             (a)(2)                                                     N/A
             (b)                                                       6.07
             (c)                                                       2.12
          317(a)(1)                                                    6.08
             (a)(2)                                                    6.09
             (b)                                                       2.04
          318(a)                                                      11.01
             (b)                                                        N/A
             (c)                                                      11.01



          N/A means not applicable.

          *This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.
          
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page

                                      ARTICLE 1
                   DEFINITIONS  AND INCORPORATION   BY REFERENCE

               Section 1.01.Definitions...................................1
               Section 1.02.Other Definitions............................16
               Section 1.03.Incorporation by Reference  of  Trust Indenture
                         Act.............................................17
               Section 1.04.Rules of Construction........................17

                                      ARTICLE 2
                                      THE NOTES

               Section 2.01.Form and Dating..............................17
               Section 2.02.Execution and Authentication.................19
               Section 2.03.Registrar and Paying Agent...................20
               Section 2.04.Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust..........20
               Section 2.05.Holder Lists.................................21
               Section 2.06.Transfer and Exchange........................21
               Section 2.07.Replacement Notes............................28
               Section 2.08.Outstanding Notes............................29
               Section 2.09.Treasury Notes...............................29
               Section 2.10.Temporary Notes..............................30
               Section 2.11.Cancellation.................................30
               Section 2.12.Defaulted Interest...........................30

                                      ARTICLE 3
                              REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

               Section 3.01.Notices to Trustee...........................30
               Section 3.02.Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed............31
               Section 3.03.Notice of Redemption.........................31
               Section 3.04.Effect of Notice of Redemption...............32
               Section 3.05.Deposit of Redemption Price..................32
               Section 3.06.Notes Redeemed in Part.......................33
               Section 3.07.Optional Redemption..........................33
               Section 3.08.Mandatory Redemption.........................33
               Section  3.09.Offer  to  Purchase by Application  of  Excess
                         Proceeds........................................33

                                      ARTICLE 4
                                      COVENANTS

               Section 4.01.Payment of Notes.............................35
               Section 4.02.Maintenance of Office or Agency..............36
               Section 4.03.Reports......................................36
               Section 4.04.Compliance Certificate.......................36
               Section 4.05.Taxes........................................37
               Section 4.06.Stay, Extension and Usury Laws...............37
               Section 4.07.Restricted Payments..........................38
               Section  4.08.Dividend  and   Other   Payment   Restrictions
                         Affecting Subsidiaries..........................40
               Section  4.09.Incurrence  of  Indebtedness  and Issuance  of
                         Preferred Stock.................................40
               Section 4.10.Asset Sales..................................42
               Section 4.11.Transactions with Affiliates.................43
               Section 4.12.Liens........................................44
               Section 4.13.Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.............44
               Section 4.14.Corporate Existence..........................44
               Section 4.15.Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control...44
               Section 4.16.Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly
                         Owned Restricted Subsidiaries...................46
               Section 4.17.Sale-and-leaseback Transactions..............46
               Section 4.18.No Inducements...............................46

                                      ARTICLE 5
                                     SUCCESSORS
               Section 5.01.Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.....47
               Section 5.02.Successor Corporation Substituted............47

                                      ARTICLE 6
                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

               Section 6.01.Events of Default............................48
               Section 6.02.Acceleration.................................49
               Section 6.03.Other Remedies...............................50
               Section 6.04.Waiver of Past Defaults......................50
               Section 6.05.Control by Majority..........................50
               Section 6.06.Limitation on Suits..........................51
               Section 6.07.Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment51
               Section 6.08.Collection Suit by Trustee...................51
               Section 6.09.Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.............52
               Section 6.10.Priorities...................................52
               Section 6.11.Undertaking for Costs........................53

                                      ARTICLE 7
                                      TRUSTEE

               Section 7.01.Duties of Trustee............................53
               Section 7.02.Rights of Trustee............................54
               Section 7.03.Individual Rights of Trustee.................55
               Section 7.04.Trustee's Disclaimer.........................55
               Section 7.05.Notice of Defaults...........................55
               Section 7.06.Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes...55
               Section 7.07.Compensation and Indemnity...................56
               Section 7.08.Replacement of Trustee.......................56
               Section 7.09.Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.............57
               Section 7.10.Eligibility; Disqualification................58
               Section  7.11.Preferential  Collection  of  Claims   Against
                         Company.........................................58
                                      ARTICLE    8
                     LEGAL  DEFEASANCE  AND  COVENANT DEFEASANCE

               Section 8.01.Option to Effect Legal Defeasance  or  Covenant
                         Defeasance......................................58
               Section 8.02.Legal Defeasance and Discharge...............58
               Section 8.03.Covenant Defeasance..........................59
               Section 8.04.Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance...59
               Section 8.05.Deposited Money and Government Securities to be
                         Held in
                         Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions...........60
               Section 8.06.Repayment to Company.........................61
               Section 8.07.Reinstatement................................61

                                      ARTICLE  9
                      AMENDMENT,  SUPPLEMENT  AND   WAIVER

               Section 9.01.Without Consent of Holders of Notes..........62
               Section 9.02.With Consent of Holders of Notes.............62
               Section 9.03.Compliance with Trust Indenture Act..........64
               Section 9.04.Revocation and Effect of Consents............64
               Section 9.05.Notation on or Exchange of Notes.............64
               Section 9.06.Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc..............64

                                      ARTICLE 10
                                  GUARANTEE OF NOTES

               Section 10.01.Subsidiary Guarantee........................65
               Section 10.02.Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee
                         66
               Section 10.03.Guarantors May Consolidate, etc.,  on  Certain
                         Terms...........................................66
               Section 10.04.Releases Following Sale of Assets...........67
               Section   10.05.Releases   Following   Designation   as   an
                    Unrestricted Subsidiary..............................67
               Section 10.06.Limitation on Guarantor Liability...........68
               Section 10.07."Trustee" to Include Paying Agent...........68

                                      ARTICLE 11
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               Section 11.01.Trust Indenture Act Controls................68
               Section 11.02.Notices.....................................68
               Section  11.03.Communication  by Holders of Notes with Other
                         Holders of Notes................................70
               Section  11.04.Certificate  and  Opinion  as  to  Conditions
                         Precedent.......................................70
               Section 11.05.Statements Required  in Certificate or Opinion
                         71
               Section 11.06.Rules by Trustee and Agents.................71
               Section 11.07.No Personal Liability  of Directors, Officers,
                         Employees
                         and Stockholders................................71
               Section 11.08.Governing Law...............................72
               Section 11.09.No Adverse Interpretation  of Other Agreements
                         72
               Section 11.10.Successors..................................72
               Section 11.11.Severability................................72
               Section 11.12.Counterpart Originals.......................72
               Section 11.13.Table of Contents, Headings, etc............72


                                       EXHIBITS

          EXHIBIT A-1 Form of Note.....................................A-1-1
          EXHIBIT A-2 Form Regulation S Temporary Global Note..........A-2-1
          EXHIBIT B-1 Certificate of Transferor from 144A  Global  Note  to
                      Regulation S
                      Global Note......................................B-1-1
          EXHIBIT B-2 Certificate  of  Transferor  from  Regulation S Global
                      Note to 144A
                      Global Note......................................B-2-1
          EXHIBIT B-3 Certificate of Transferor of Definitive Notes....B-3-1
          EXHIBIT B-4 Certificate  of  Transferor  from  Global   Note   to
                      Definitive  Note.................................B-4-1
          EXHIBIT C Certificate of Institutional Accredited Investor..   C-1
          EXHIBIT D Form of Subsidiary Guarantee......................   D-1
          EXHIBIT E Form of Supplemental Indenture...................    E-1
                                         -i-
               This Indenture, dated as of November 14, 1997 is among Trico
          Marine  Services,  Inc.,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
          the  guarantors listed on the  signature  page  hereto  (each,  a
          "Guarantor"   and,  collectively,  the  "Guarantors")  and  Texas
          Commerce Bank National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

               The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows
          for the benefit  of  each  other  and  for  the equal and ratable
          benefit  of  the  Holders  of the 8 1/2% Senior Notes  due  2005,
          Series C (the "Series C Notes")  and  the 8 1/2% Senior Notes due
          2005,  Series  D  (the "Series D Notes" and,  together  with  the
          Series C Notes, the "Notes"), without preference of one series of
          Notes over the other:

                                      ARTICLE 1
                            DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                     BY REFERENCE

          Section 1.01.Definitions.

               "144A Global Note" means a permanent global senior note that
          contains  the  paragraph   referred  to  in  footnote 1  and  the
          additional schedule referred  to in footnote 3 to the form of the
          Note attached hereto as Exhibit  A-1,  and that is deposited with
          the Note Custodian and registered in the  name  of the Depository
          or its nominee, representing a series of Notes sold  in  reliance
          on   Rule   144A  or  another  exemption  from  the  registration
          requirements of the Securities Act, other than Regulation S.

               "Affiliate"  of any specified Person means an "affiliate" of
          such Person, as such  term  is  defined  for purposes of Rule 144
          under the Securities Act.

               "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

               "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect  to any transfer
          or exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note,  the  rules
          and procedures of the Depository that apply to such transfer  and
          exchange.

               "Asset  Sale" means (a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other
          disposition (a "disposition") of any assets or rights (including,
          without limitation,  by  way  of a sale and leaseback), excluding
          dispositions in the ordinary course  of  business  (provided that
          the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets  of the
          Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will  be
          governed  by  Sections 4.15 and/or 5.01 of this Indenture and not
          by the provisions  of Section 4.10 hereof), (b) the issue or sale
          by the Company or any  of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity
          Interests of any of the Company's Subsidiaries, and (c) any Event
          of Loss, whether in the case of clause  (a),  (b)  or  (c),  in a
          single  transaction or a series of related transactions, provided
          that such  transaction  or  series of transactions (i) has a fair
          market value in excess of $1.0 million  or  (ii)  results  in the
          payment    of   net   proceeds   in   excess   of   $1.0 million.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following transactions will be
          deemed not to  be  Asset Sales:  (A) a disposition of obsolete or
          excess equipment or  other assets; (B) a disposition of assets by
          the Company to a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  or  by  a
          Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another
          Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary;  (C) a disposition of Equity
          Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary to the Company
          or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (D) a Permitted
          Investment  or  Restricted  Payment  that is  permitted  by  this
          Indenture; (E) a disposition of assets  by  the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries to a Person that  is  an Affiliate of
          the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and is engaged  in  the
          business of providing marine support vessels and related services
          to  the  oil  and  gas industry (or a business that is reasonably
          complementary or related  thereto  as determined in good faith by
          the  Board of Directors), which Person  is  an  Affiliate  solely
          because   the  Company  or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  has  an
          Investment   in  such  Person,  provided  that  such  transaction
          complies with  Section  4.11  hereof; (F) any charter or lease of
          any equipment or other assets entered into in the ordinary course
          of  business  and  with  respect to  which  the  Company  or  any
          Restricted Subsidiary thereof  is  the  lessor,  except  any such
          charter or lease that provides for the acquisition of such assets
          by  the  lessee during or at the end of the term thereof  for  an
          amount that  is  less  than  the fair market value thereof at the
          time the right to acquire such  assets  occurs; and (G) any trade
          or  exchange  by  the  Company  or any Restricted  Subsidiary  of
          equipment or other assets for equipment  or other assets owned or
          held by another Person, provided that the  fair  market  value of
          the  assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted
          Subsidiary  (together  with  any  cash  or  Cash  Equivalents) is
          reasonably  equivalent  to  the  fair market value of the  assets
          (together with any cash or Cash Equivalents)  to  be  received by
          the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.  The fair market value
          of  any non-cash proceeds of a disposition of assets and  of  any
          assets referred to in the foregoing clause (G) of this definition
          shall  be determined in the manner contemplated in the definition
          of  the  term   "fair   market   value,"  the  results  of  which
          determination  shall  be set forth in  an  Officers'  Certificate
          delivered to the Trustee.

               "Attributable  Indebtedness"   in  respect  of  a  sale-and-
          leaseback transaction  means,  at  the time of determination, the
          present value (discounted at the rate  of  interest  implicit  in
          such  transaction,  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP) of the
          obligation  of  the  lessee  for net rental payments  during  the
          remaining term of the lease included  in such sale-and-lease-back
          transaction (including any period for which  such  lease has been
          extended  or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended).   As
          used in the  preceding  sentence, the "net rental payments" under
          any lease for any such period   shall  mean the sum of rental and
          other payments required to be paid with respect to such period by
          the lessee thereunder, excluding any amounts  required to be paid
          by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs,  insurance,
          taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges.  In  the case
          of  any  lease  that is terminable by the lessee upon payment  of
          penalty, such net rental payment shall also include the amount of
          such penalty, but  no  rent shall be considered as required to be
          paid under such lease subsequent  to the first date upon which it
          may be so terminated.

               "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11,  United States Code, or any
          similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

               "Board of Directors" means the Board  of  Directors  of  the
          Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

               "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

               "Capital   Lease   Obligation"   means,   at  the  time  any
          determination thereof is to be made, the amount  of the liability
          in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required
          to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

               "Capital  Stock"  means  (a) in  the  case of a corporation,
          corporate  stock, (b) in the case of an association  or  business
          entity, any  and all shares, interests, participations, rights or
          other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in
          the  case  of  a   partnership   or  limited  liability  company,
          partnership or membership interests  (whether general or limited)
          and (d) any other interest or participation  that  confers  on  a
          Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of,
          or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

               "Cash  Equivalents"  means  (a)  United  States dollars, (b)
          securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed  or insured by
          the  United  States  government  or any agency or instrumentality
          thereof having maturities of not more  than  six  months from the
          date  of acquisition, (c) certificates of deposit and  Eurodollar
          time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date
          of  acquisition,   bankers'   acceptances   with  maturities  not
          exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits,  in  each  case
          with  any commercial bank organized under the laws of any country
          that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
          Development having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million,
          (d) repurchase  obligations  with  a  term of not more than seven
          days for underlying securities of the types  described in clauses
          (b)  and  (c)  above entered into with any financial  institution
          meeting the qualifications  specified  in  clause  (c) above, (e)
          commercial  paper  having  the  highest  rating  obtainable  from
          Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  or Standard  & Poor's  Rating
          Service and in each case maturing within  270 days after the date
          of acquisition, (f) deposits available for  withdrawal  on demand
          with any commercial bank not meeting the qualifications specified
          in  clause  (c)  above,  provided all such deposits do not exceed
          $2.0 million in the aggregate  at  any  one  time,  and (g) money
          market mutual funds substantially all of the assets  of which are
          of the type described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e).

               "Cedel" means Cedel bank, societe anonyme.

               "Change  of  Control"  means  the  occurrence of any of  the
          following:  (a) the sale, lease, transfer,  conveyance  or  other
          disposition  (other  than  by way of merger or consolidation), in
          one or a series of related transactions,  of all or substantially
          all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
          whole, (b) the adoption of a plan relating  to the liquidation or
          dissolution  of  the  Company,  (c)  the  consummation   of   any
          transaction   (including,   without  limitation,  any  merger  or
          consolidation) the result of  which is that any "person" (as such
          term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the
          "beneficial owner" (as such term  is  defined  in  Rule 13d-3 and
          Rule  13d-5  under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or indirectly
          through  one  or  more  intermediaries, of more than 50%  of  the
          voting power of the outstanding  voting  stock  of the Company or
          (d) the first day on which more than a majority of the members of
          the  Board  of Directors are not Continuing Directors;  provided,
          however, that  a  transaction  in  which  the  Company  becomes a
          Subsidiary  of  another  Person  (other than a Person that is  an
          individual) shall not constitute a  Change  of Control if (i) the
          stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction
          "beneficially  own" (as such term is defined in  Rule  13d-3  and
          Rule  13d-5 under  the  Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly
          through  one  or  more intermediaries, at least a majority of the
          voting power of the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the  Company
          immediately  following  the consummation of such transaction  and
          (ii) immediately following  the consummation of such transaction,
          no "person" (as such term is  defined  above),  other  than  such
          other  Person  (but including the holders of the Equity Interests
          of such other Person),  "beneficially  owns"  (as  such  term  is
          defined  above),  directly  or  indirectly  through  one  or more
          intermediaries,  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  power  of  the
          outstanding  voting  stock  of the Company.  For purposes of this
          definition,  a  time  charter of  vessels  to  customers  in  the
          ordinary course of business  shall  not be deemed to be a "lease"
          under clause (a) above.

               "Common Stock" means the common  stock  of  the Company, par
          value $0.01 per share.

               "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect  to  any Person
          for  any  period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person  for
          such  period   plus,  to  the  extent  deducted  or  excluded  in
          calculating Consolidated  Net  Income  for  such  period,  (a) an
          amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized
          in  connection  with an Asset Sale, (b) provision for taxes based
          on  income  or  profits   of   such  Person  and  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries, (c) Consolidated Interest  Expense  of  such Person
          and   its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  and  (d)  depreciation  and
          amortization   (including  amortization  of  goodwill  and  other
          intangibles but  excluding  amortization of prepaid cash expenses
          that  were  paid  in  a prior period)  of  such  Person  and  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries,  in  each  case, on a consolidated basis
          and determined in accordance with GAAP.

               "Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" means with respect to
          any Person for any period, the ratio  of  the  Consolidated  Cash
          Flow  of such Person for such period to the Consolidated Interest
          Expense  of  such Person for such period; provided, however, that
          the Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  shall  be calculated
          giving pro forma effect to each of the following transactions  as
          if  each  such  transaction  had occurred at the beginning of the
          applicable four-quarter reference  period:   (a) any  incurrence,
          assumption, guarantee or redemption by the Company or any  of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than revolving
          credit  borrowings)  subsequent to the commencement of the period
          for  which the Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  is  being
          calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the
          calculation  of  the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is made
          (the "Calculation  Date"); (b) any acquisition that has been made
          by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or approved
          and expected to be consummated  within 30 days of the Calculation
          Date, including, in each case, through a merger or consolidation,
          and  including  any related financing  transactions,  during  the
          four-quarter reference  period  or  subsequent  to such reference
          period  and  on or prior to the Calculation Date (in  which  case
          Consolidated  Cash  Flow  for  such  reference  period  shall  be
          calculated without giving effect to clause (c) of the proviso set
          forth in the definition  of Consolidated Net Income); and (c) any
          other  transaction  that  may   be  given  pro  forma  effect  in
          accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X  as  in  effect from
          time   to   time;   provided,  further,  however,  that  (i)  the
          Consolidated Cash Flow  attributable  to discontinued operations,
          as  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,   and  operations  or
          businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation  Date,  shall  be
          excluded  and (ii) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable
          to discontinued  operations,  as  determined  in  accordance with
          GAAP,  and  operations  or  businesses disposed of prior  to  the
          Calculation Date, shall be excluded,  but only to the extent that
          the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest Expense
          will not be obligations of the referent  Person  or  any  of  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

               "Consolidated  Interest  Expense" means, with respect to any
          Person for any period, the sum,  without  duplication, of (a) the
          consolidated interest expense of such Person  and  its Restricted
          Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including,
          without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-
          cash  interest  payments, the interest component of any  deferred
          payment obligations,  the  interest  component  of  all  payments
          associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts
          and  other  fees  and  charges  incurred  in respect of letter of
          credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and  net  payments  (if
          any)  pursuant  to Hedging Obligations but excluding amortization
          of debt issuance costs) and (b) the consolidated interest expense
          of  such  Person  and   its   Restricted  Subsidiaries  that  was
          capitalized during such period.

               "Consolidated Net Income"  means, with respect to any Person
          for any period, the aggregate of  the  Net  Income of such Person
          and   its   Restricted  Subsidiaries  for  such  period,   on   a
          consolidated  basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, provided
          that (a) the Net  Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not
          a Restricted Subsidiary  or  that  is accounted for by the equity
          method of accounting shall be included  only to the extent of the
          amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the referent
          Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary  thereof,  (b) the
          Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to  the
          extent  that  the  declaration or payment of dividends or similar
          distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is
          not  at the date of determination  permitted  without  any  prior
          governmental  approval  (that has not been obtained) or, directly
          or indirectly, by operation  of  the  terms of its charter or any
          agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,  order, statute, rule or
          governmental  regulation  applicable to that  Subsidiary  or  its
          stockholders, (c) the Net Income  of  any  Person  acquired  in a
          pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date
          of  such  acquisition  shall  be  excluded and (d) the cumulative
          effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.

               "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets"  means,  with  respect to
          any  Person  as  of  any  date, the sum of the amounts that would
          appear on a consolidated balance  sheet  of  such  Person and its
          consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as the total assets  of such
          Person  and  its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, determined
          on  a consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with  GAAP  and  after
          deducting  therefrom,  (a)  to  the  extent  otherwise  included,
          unamortized  debt  discount  and  expenses  and other unamortized
          deferred charges, goodwill, patents, trademarks,  service  marks,
          trade  names,  copyrights,  licenses, organization or development
          expenses and other intangible  items and (b) the aggregate amount
          of  liabilities of the Company and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
          which   may   be   properly  classified  as  current  liabilities
          (including  tax  accrued   as   estimated),   determined   on   a
          consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

               "Consolidated  Net  Worth" means, with respect to any Person
          as of any date, the sum of  (a) the  consolidated  equity  of the
          common   stockholders   of   such  Person  and  its  consolidated
          Restricted Subsidiaries as of  such  date plus (b) the respective
          amounts reported on such Person's balance  sheet  as of such date
          with  respect  to  any  series  of  preferred  stock (other  than
          Disqualified  Stock)  that  by its terms is not entitled  to  the
          payment of dividends unless such  dividends  may  be declared and
          paid  only  out  of net earnings in respect of the year  of  such
          declaration and payment,  but  only  to  the  extent  of any cash
          received  by  such Person upon issuance of such preferred  stock,
          less  (i) all write-ups  (other  than  write-ups  resulting  from
          foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible assets of
          a  going   concern  business  made  within  12 months  after  the
          acquisition  of such business) subsequent to the Series A/B Issue
          Date in the book  value  of  any  asset owned by such Person or a
          consolidated  Restricted Subsidiary  of  such  Person,  (ii)  all
          investments as of such date in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in
          Persons  that are  not  Restricted  Subsidiaries  and  (iii)  all
          unamortized  debt  discount  and expense and unamortized deferred
          charges as of such date, in each  case  determined  in accordance
          with GAAP.

               "Continuing   Directors"   means,   as   of   any   date  of
          determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (a) was a
          member of the Board of Directors on the Series A/B Issue Date  or
          (b) was nominated for election to the Board of Directors with the
          approval  of,  or  whose  election  to the Board of Directors was
          ratified by, at least two-thirds of the  Continuing Directors who
          were  members  of  the Board of Directors at  the  time  of  such
          nomination or election.

               "Corporate Trust  Office  of  the  Trustee"  shall be at the
          address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof  or such
          other  address  as  to  which  the Trustee may give notice to the
          Company.

               "Credit  Facility"  means  that   certain  Revolving  Credit
          Agreement, dated as of July 26, 1996, as  amended,  by  and among
          the  Company,  its Subsidiaries named therein, BankBoston,  N.A.,
          Hibernia National  Bank  and  First  National  Bank  of Commerce,
          including  any  related  notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
          instruments and agreements  executed  in connection therewith, in
          each case as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended,
          renewed, replaced, refinanced or restructured  from time to time,
          whether by the same or any other agent or agents, lender or group
          of  lenders,  whether  represented by one or more agreements  and
          whether  one  or  more  Subsidiaries  are  added  or  removed  as
          borrowers or guarantors thereunder or as parties thereto.

               "Custodian"   means   any   receiver,   trustee,   assignee,
          liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy
          Law.

               "Default" means any event  that  is  or  with the passage of
          time  or  the  giving  of  notice  or both would be an  Event  of
          Default.

               "Definitive Notes" means Notes  that  are  in  the  form  of
          Exhibit  A-1  attached  hereto  (but  without  including the text
          referred to in footnotes 1 and 3 thereto).

               "Depository"  means, with respect to the Notes  issuable  or
          issued in whole or in  part  in global form, the Person specified
          in Section 2.03 hereof as the  Depository  with  respect  to  the
          Notes,  until  a  successor  shall have been appointed and become
          such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture, and,
          thereafter, "Depository" shall mean or include such successor.

               "Disqualified Stock" means  any  Capital  Stock that, by its
          terms  (or  by  the  terms  of  any  security  into which  it  is
          convertible  or  for  which  it  is  exchangeable), or  upon  the
          happening  of any event, matures (excluding  any  maturity  as  a
          result of an  optional  redemption  by  the issuer thereof) or is
          mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking  fund obligation or
          otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder  thereof, in
          whole  or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days  after
          the date  on which the Notes mature or are redeemed or retired in
          full; provided,  however,  that  any  Capital  Stock  that  would
          constitute  Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof
          (or of any security  into which it is convertible or for which it
          is  exchangeable)  have  the  right  to  require  the  issuer  to
          repurchase such Capital  Stock (or such security into which it is
          convertible or for which it  is exchangeable) upon the occurrence
          of any of the events constituting  an  Asset  Sale or a Change of
          Control shall not constitute Disqualified Stock  if  such Capital
          Stock  (and  all such securities into which it is convertible  or
          for which it is  exchangeable)  provides  that the issuer thereof
          will not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (or any such
          security into which it is convertible or for
           which it is exchangeable) pursuant to such  provisions  prior to
          compliance  by  the  Company  with  Section  4.10 or 4.15 of this
          Indenture, as the case may be.

               "Equity  Interests"  means Capital Stock and  all  warrants,
          options or other rights to  acquire  Capital Stock (but excluding
          any debt security that is convertible  into, or exchangeable for,
          Capital Stock).

               "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
          Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

               "Event of Loss" means, with respect to any property or asset
          of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,  (a)  any  damage to
          such  property  or  asset that results in an insurance settlement
          with  respect  thereto  on  the  basis  of  a  total  loss  or  a
          constructive or  compromised  total loss or (b) the confiscation,
          condemnation or requisition of title to such property or asset by
          any government or instrumentality or agency thereof.  An Event of
          Loss shall be deemed to occur as  of  the  date  of the insurance
          settlement, confiscation, condemnation or requisition  of  title,
          as applicable.

               "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.

               "Exchange  Offer"  means  the  offer that may be made by the
          Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange
          Series D Notes for Series C Notes.

               "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness  of  the  Company
          and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under
          the Credit Facility) in  existence  on the Series A/B Issue Date,
          until such amounts are repaid.

               The  term "fair market value" means,  with  respect  to  any
          asset or Investment,  the  fair  market  value  of  such asset or
          Investment at the time of the event requiring such determination,
          as  determined  in  good faith by the Board of Directors  of  the
          Company, or, with respect to any asset or Investment in excess of
          $5.0 million (other than cash or Cash Equivalents), as determined
          by a reputable appraisal  firm  that  is, in the judgment of such
          Board of Directors, qualified to perform  the task for which such
          firm  has  been  engaged  and  independent with  respect  to  the
          Company.

               "Funded  Indebtedness"  means  any  Indebtedness  for  money
          borrowed  that  by its terms matures  at,  or  is  extendible  or
          renewable at the  option  of  the obligor to, a date more than 12
          months after the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

               "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles  set
          forth  in  the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of  the Accounting
          Principles  Board  of the American Institute of Certified  Public
          Accountants and statements  and  pronouncements  of the Financial
          Accounting  Standards Board or in such other statements  by  such
          other entity  as  have  been approved by a significant segment of
          the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

               "Global  Note" means,  individually  and  collectively,  the
          Regulation S Temporary  Global  Note,  the Regulation S Permanent
          Global Note and the 144A Global Note.

               "Government  Securities"  means direct  obligations  of,  or
          obligations guaranteed by, the United  States  of America for the
          payment  of  which  guarantee or obligations the full  faith  and
          credit of the United States is pledged.

               "Guarantor" means  (a) each  Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the
          Company  named  on  the  signature  page  hereto,  (b) any  other
          Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company that executes a Subsidiary
          Guarantee in accordance with  Sections 4.13  and 10.02 hereof and
          (c)  the  respective  successors  and assigns of such  Restricted
          Subsidiaries, as required under Article 10  hereof,  in each case
          until  such  time  as  any  such  Restricted Subsidiary shall  be
          released   and   relieved   of   its  obligations   pursuant   to
          Section 10.04 or 10.05 hereof.

               "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
          obligations  of  such  Person  under  (a)   interest   rate  swap
          agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar
          agreements,  (b)  other  agreements  or arrangements designed  to
          protect such Person against fluctuations  in  interest  rates and
          (c)  any  foreign  currency  futures  contract, option or similar
          agreement or arrangement designed to protect  such Person against
          fluctuations  in  foreign  currency rates, in each  case  to  the
          extent such obligations are  incurred  in  the ordinary course of
          business of such Person.

               "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

               "Indebtedness"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  any
          indebtedness  of  such  Person,  whether  or  not contingent,  in
          respect  of  borrowed  money  or evidenced by bonds,  debentures,
          notes  or  similar  instruments  or   letters   of   credit   (or
          reimbursement   agreements   in   respect  thereof)  or  banker's
          acceptances  or representing Capital  Lease  Obligations  or  the
          balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
          or representing  any Hedging Obligations, except any such balance
          that constitutes an  accrued  expense or trade payable, if and to
          the extent any of the foregoing  indebtedness (other than letters
          of credit and Hedging Obligations)  would  appear  as a liability
          upon  a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance  with
          GAAP. The  amount  of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date
          shall be (a) the accreted  value  thereof,  in  the  case  of any
          Indebtedness  that does not require current payments of interest,
          and (b) the principal  amount  thereof,  in the case of any other
          Indebtedness.

               "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
          from time to time.

               "Indirect Participant" means a Person  who holds an interest
          through a Participant.

               "Initial Purchasers" means Jefferies & Company,  Inc., Bear,
          Stearns & Co. Inc. and BancBoston Securities Inc.

               "Institutional  Accredited  Investor"  means  an "accredited
          investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
          Securities Act.

               "Investments"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,   all
          investments   by   such   Person   in  other  Persons  (including
          Affiliates) in the forms of direct or  indirect  loans (including
          guarantees by the referent Person of, and Liens on  any assets of
          the  referent  Person securing, Indebtedness or other obligations
          of other Persons),  advances  or capital contributions (excluding
          commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees
          made  in the ordinary course of  business),  purchases  or  other
          acquisitions  for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests
          or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
          classified  as  investments   on  a  balance  sheet  prepared  in
          accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that the following shall
          not constitute Investments:  (i) extensions  of  trade  credit or
          other  advances to customers on commercially reasonable terms  in
          accordance  with  normal  trade  practices  or  otherwise  in the
          ordinary   course   of  business,  (ii) Hedging  Obligations  and
          (iii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the
          ordinary course of business.   If  the  Company or any Restricted
          Subsidiary  of  the Company sells or otherwise  disposes  of  any
          Equity Interests  of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary
          of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or
          disposition, such Person  is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of
          the  Company,  the  Company shall  be  deemed  to  have  made  an
          Investment on the date  of  any such sale or disposition equal to
          the fair market value of the  Equity Interests of such Restricted
          Subsidiary not sold or disposed  of  in  an  amount determined as
          provided in Section 4.07 of this Indenture.

               "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
          banking institutions in the City of Houston, Texas,  the  City of
          New  York  or  at  a  place  of  payment  are  authorized by law,
          regulation  or executive order to remain closed.   If  a  payment
          date is a Legal  Holiday  at  a  place of payment, payment may be
          made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
          Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

               "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
          pledge, charge, security interest  or  encumbrance of any kind in
          respect  of  such  asset,  whether  or  not  filed,  recorded  or
          otherwise   perfected   under   applicable  law  (including   any
          conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
          the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give
          a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any
          financing  statement  under  the  Uniform   Commercial  Code  (or
          equivalent   statutes)   of   any  jurisdiction  other   than   a
          precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended
          as a security agreement).

               "Liquidated Damages" means all liquidated damages then owing
          pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

               "Make-Whole Amount" with respect  to  a Note means an amount
          equal  to  the excess, if any, of (i) the present  value  of  the
          remaining interest,  premium  and  principal payments due on such
          Note as if such Note were redeemed on  August 1,  2001,  computed
          using  a  discount  rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis
          points, over (ii) the  outstanding principal amount of such Note.
          "Treasury Rate" is defined  as  the yield to maturity at the time
          of the computation of United States  Treasury  securities  with a
          constant  maturity  (as  compiled  by  and  published in the most
          recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519),  which  has
          become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the
          date  of the redemption notice or, if such Statistical Release is
          no longer  published,  any  publicly  available source of similar
          market date) most nearly equal to the then  remaining maturity of
          the  Notes  assuming redemption of the Notes on  August 1,  2001;
          provided, however,  that  if  the Make-Whole Average Life of such
          Note is not equal to the constant  maturity  of the United States
          Treasury security for which a weekly average yield  is given, the
          Treasury   Rate   shall   be  obtained  by  linear  interpolation
          (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly
          average yields of United States  Treasury  securities  for  which
          such yields are given, except that if the Make-Whole Average Life
          of such Notes is less than one year, the weekly average yield  on
          actually  traded  United States Treasury securities adjusted to a
          constant maturity of one year shall be used.  "Make-Whole Average
          Life" means the number  of  years (calculated to the nearest one-
          twelfth) between the date of redemption and August 1, 2001.

               "Make-Whole Price" with  respect to a Note means the greater
          of (i) the sum of the outstanding principal amount and Make-Whole
          Amount of such Note, and (ii) the  redemption  price of such Note
          on August 1, 2001, determined pursuant to the Indenture (104.250%
          of the principal amount).

               "Net  Income"  means,  with respect to any Person,  the  net
          income (loss) of such Person,  determined in accordance with GAAP
          and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends,
          excluding, however, (a) any gain  (but  not  loss), together with
          any  related  provision  for taxes on such gain (but  not  loss),
          realized  in  connection with  (i)  any  Asset  Sale  (including,
          without limitation,  dispositions  pursuant to sale-and-leaseback
          transactions) or (ii) the disposition  of  any securities by such
          Person   or   any   of   its  Restricted  Subsidiaries   or   the
          extinguishment of any Indebtedness  of  such Person or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any extraordinary or nonrecurring
          gain  (but  not  loss), together with any related  provision  for
          taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss).

               "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by
          the Company or any  of  its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of
          any Asset Sale (including,  without limitation, any cash received
          upon the sale or other disposition  of any non-cash consideration
          received in any Asset Sale), net of (without duplication) (a) the
          direct  costs  relating  to such Asset Sale  (including,  without
          limitation, legal, accounting  and investment banking fees, sales
          commissions, recording fees, title transfer fees, title insurance
          premiums, appraiser fees and costs  incurred  in  connection with
          preparing  such  asset  for  sale)  and  any  relocation expenses
          incurred as a result thereof, (b) taxes paid or  estimated  to be
          payable  as  a  result  thereof  (after  taking  into account any
          available   tax   credits  or  deductions  and  any  tax  sharing
          arrangements),  (c)   amounts  required  to  be  applied  to  the
          repayment of Indebtedness  (other than under the Credit Facility)
          secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of
          such Asset Sale and (d) any  reserve  established  in  accordance
          with  GAAP  or  any  amount placed in escrow, in either case  for
          adjustment in respect  of the sale price of such asset or assets,
          until  such time as such  reserve  is  reversed  or  such  escrow
          arrangement  is  terminated,  in  which  case  Net Proceeds shall
          include only the amount of the reserve so reserved  or the amount
          returned to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries  from such
          escrow arrangement, as the case may be.

               "Non-Recourse  Debt"  means  Indebtedness  (a)  as  to which
          neither  the  Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  (i)
          provides credit  support  of any kind (including any undertaking,
          agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or is
          otherwise  directly  or indirectly  liable  (as  a  guarantor  or
          otherwise) or (ii) constitutes  the  lender,  (b) no default with
          respect to which (including any rights that the  holders  thereof
          may  have  to  take  enforcement  action  against an Unrestricted
          Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) the
          holders of Indebtedness of the Company or any  of  its Restricted
          Subsidiaries to declare a default on such Indebtedness  or  cause
          the  payment  thereof  to  be accelerated or payable prior to its
          stated  maturity  and  (c) as to  which  the  lenders  have  been
          notified in writing that  they  will not have any recourse to the
          stock  or  assets  of  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries, except to the extent of  any  Indebtedness incurred
          by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries   in
          accordance with clause (a)(i) above.

               "Note  Custodian"  means  the  Trustee,  as  custodian  with
          respect  to  the  Notes  in  global form, or any successor entity
          thereto.

               "Obligations"  means  any  principal,  interest,  penalties,
          fees,  indemnifications,  reimbursements,   damages   and   other
          liabilities   payable   under  the  documentation  governing  any
          Indebtedness.

               "Offering" means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

               "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of
          the Board, the Chief Executive  Officer, the President, the Chief
          Operating Officer, the Chief Financial  Officer,  the  Treasurer,
          any  Assistant  Treasurer,  the Controller, the Secretary or  any
          Vice-President of such Person.

               "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf
          of the Company by two Officers  of  the Company, one of whom must
          be  the  principal  executive  officer, the  principal  financial
          officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the
          Company, that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 hereof.

               "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who
          is  reasonably  acceptable  to  the   Trustee,   that  meets  the
          requirements  of  Section 11.05 hereof.  The counsel  may  be  an
          employee of or counsel  to  the  Company,  any  Subsidiary of the
          Company or the Trustee.

               "Pari  Passu Indebtedness" means, with respect  to  any  Net
          Proceeds from  Asset  Sales,  Indebtedness of the Company and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries the terms of which require the Company or
          such Restricted Subsidiary to apply such Net Proceeds to offer to
          repurchase such Indebtedness.

               "Participant" means with respect to DTC, Euroclear or Cedel,
          a  Person  who  has  an account with  DTC,  Euroclear  or  Cedel,
          respectively (and, with  respect  to DTC, shall include Euroclear
          and Cedel).

               "Permitted Investments" means  (a)  any  Investment  in  the
          Company  or  in  a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
          Company,   (b)  any  Investment  in  Cash  Equivalents,  (c)  any
          Investment by  the  Company  or  any Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Company in a Person if as a result  of  such  Investment (i) such
          Person  becomes  a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
          Company   or  (ii)  such  Person  is  merged,   consolidated   or
          amalgamated  with  or  into,  or  transfers  or  conveys  all  or
          substantially  all  of  its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
          Company or a Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company,
          (d) any Investment made as a result of the  receipt  of  non-cash
          consideration  from  (i) an Asset Sale that was made pursuant  to
          and in compliance with  Section 4.10 hereof or (ii) a disposition
          of  assets  that  does  not  constitute   an   Asset   Sale,  and
          (e) Investments  in  a Person engaged principally in the business
          of providing marine support  vessels  and related services to the
          oil  and gas industry or businesses reasonably  complementary  or
          related  thereto  provided  that  the  aggregate  amount  of such
          Investments  pursuant to this clause (e) in Persons that are  not
          Restricted Subsidiaries  of  the  Company  shall not exceed $20.0
          million at any one time.

               "Permitted  Liens"  means  (a)  Liens securing  Indebtedness
          incurred  pursuant  to  clause  (a) of the  second  paragraph  of
          Section 4.09 hereof plus additional Indebtedness under the Credit
          Facility not to exceed an amount  equal  to  15%  of Consolidated
          Net  Tangible Assets, (b) Liens in favor of the Company  and  its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (c)  Liens  on  property  of  a Person
          existing  at  the time such Person is merged into or consolidated
          with the Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company,
          provided  that  such  Liens  were  in  existence   prior  to  the
          contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do  not  extend
          to  any  property  other  than those of the Person merged into or
          consolidated  with  the  Company   or   any   of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries,  (d)  Liens  on property existing at  the  time  of
          acquisition thereof by the Company  or  any Restricted Subsidiary
          of the Company, provided that such Liens  were in existence prior
          to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any
          other property, (e) Liens to secure the performance  of statutory
          obligations,  surety  or appeal bonds, bid or performance  bonds,
          insurance obligations or  other  obligations  of  a  like  nature
          incurred  in  the ordinary course of business, (f) Liens securing
          Hedging Obligations,  (g)  Liens existing on the Series A/B Issue
          Date, (h) Liens securing Non-Recourse  Debt,  (i) any interest or
          title  of  a  lessor  under  a  Capital  Lease Obligation  or  an
          operating  lease,  (j)  Liens  arising  by  reason   of  deposits
          necessary  to  obtain  standby  letters of credit in the ordinary
          course of business, (k) Liens on  real  or  personal  property or
          assets  of  the  Company  or  a Restricted Subsidiary thereof  to
          secure Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of (i) financing all
          or any part of the purchase price  of  such  property  or  assets
          incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 120 days after,  the
          acquisition  of  such property or assets or (ii) financing all or
          any part of the cost  of  construction  of  any  such property or
          assets, provided that the amount of any such financing  shall not
          exceed  the  amount  expended  in  the  acquisition  of,  or  the
          construction of, such property or assets and such Liens shall not
          extend  to  any  other  property  or  assets  of the Company or a
          Restricted  Subsidiary  (other  than  any  associated   accounts,
          contracts  and  insurance proceeds), (l) Liens securing Permitted
          Refinancing  Indebtedness   with   respect  to  any  Indebtedness
          referred to in clause (k) above, and  (m)  Liens  incurred in the
          ordinary  course  of  business  of  the Company or any Restricted
          Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not
          exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding  and that (1) are
          not  incurred  in connection with the borrowing of money  or  the
          obtaining of advances  or  credit (other than trade credit in the
          ordinary course of business)  and  (2)  do  not  in the aggregate
          materially detract from the value of the property  or  materially
          impair  the  use  thereof  in  the  operation  of business by the
          Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

               "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means  any Indebtedness
          of  the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  issued  in
          exchange  for,  or  the net proceeds of which are used to extend,
          refinance, renew, replace,  defease  or refund other Indebtedness
          of the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries;  provided,
          however,  that  (a)  the principal amount (or accreted value,  if
          applicable) of such Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness does not
          exceed   the   principal   amount  of  (or  accreted  value,   if
          applicable), plus premium, if  any,  and accrued interest on, the
          Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased
          or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable  expenses  incurred in
          connection    therewith),    (b)   such   Permitted   Refinancing
          Indebtedness has a final maturity  date no earlier than the final
          maturity date of, and has a Weighted  Average  Life  to  Maturity
          equal  to  or  greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity
          of,  the  Indebtedness   being   extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
          replaced, defeased or refunded, (c)  if  the  Indebtedness  being
          extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded  is
          subordinated  in  right  of  payment to the Notes, such Permitted
          Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated  in  right of payment to
          the Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken  as  a  whole, to
          the  Holders  of  Notes  as  those contained in the documentation
          governing the Indebtedness being  extended,  refinanced, renewed,
          replaced,  defeased  or  refunded  and  (d) such Indebtedness  is
          incurred  either by the Company or by the  Restricted  Subsidiary
          who  is  the   obligor   on   the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
          refinanced, renewed, replaced,  defeased  or  refunded; provided,
          however,  that  a  Restricted Subsidiary may guarantee  Permitted
          Refinancing Indebtedness  incurred by the Company, whether or not
          such Restricted Subsidiary  was  an  obligor  or guarantor of the
          Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,  renewed,   replaced,
          defeased  or  refunded; provided, further, however, that if  such
          Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes,
          such  guarantee  shall  be   subordinated   to   such  Restricted
          Subsidiary's Subsidiary Guarantee to at least the same extent.

               "Person"  means  any  individual,  corporation, partnership,
          limited  liability  company, joint venture,  association,  joint-
          stock company, trust,  unincorporated  organization or government
          or  agency  or  political  subdivision  thereof   (including  any
          subdivision   or   ongoing   business  of  any  such  entity   or
          substantially all of the assets  of  any such entity, subdivision
          or business).

               "Productive Assets" means vessels  or  other  assets  (other
          than  assets  that  would  be  classified  as  current  assets in
          accordance  with  GAAP) of the kind used or usable by the Company
          or  its Restricted Subsidiaries  in  the  business  of  providing
          marine  support  vessels  and related services to the oil and gas
          industry (or any business that  is  reasonably  complementary  or
          related  thereto  as  determined  in  good  faith by the Board of
          Directors).

               "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer"  as defined in
          Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

               "Qualified  Equity  Offering"  means (a) any sale of  Equity
          Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company pursuant
          to an underwritten offering registered  under  the Securities Act
          or  (b)  any  sale  of Equity Interests (other than  Disqualified
          Stock) of the Company  so long as, at the time of consummation of
          such sale, the Company has  a  class  of common equity securities
          registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or  Section  12(g) under the
          Exchange Act.

               "Registration   Rights  Agreement"  means  the  Registration
          Rights Agreement, dated  as  of  July 21,  1997, by and among the
          Company,  the  Guarantors  and  the Initial Purchasers,  as  such
          agreement may be amended, modified  or  supplemented from time to
          time.

               "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

               "Regulation S  Global  Note" means a Regulation S  Temporary
          Global   Note   or  Regulation S  Permanent   Global   Note,   as
          appropriate.

               "Regulation S  Permanent  Global  Note"  means  a  permanent
          global note that contains the paragraph referred to in footnote 1
          and the additional schedule referred to in footnote 3 to the form
          of the Note attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, and that is deposited
          with  the  Note  Custodian  and  registered  in  the  name of the
          Depository,  representing  a series of Notes sold in reliance  on
          Regulation S.

               "Regulation S  Temporary   Global   Note"   means  a  single
          temporary  global  senior  note in the form of the Note  attached
          hereto as Exhibit A-2 that is  deposited  with the Note Custodian
          and  registered  in  the name of the Depository,  representing  a
          series of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

               "Responsible  Officer,"   when  used  with  respect  to  the
          Trustee, means any officer within  the Corporate Trust Department
          of the Trustee (or any successor department  of  the  Trustee) or
          any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions
          similar  to  those  performed  by  any  of  the  above designated
          officers  and also means, with respect to a particular  corporate
          trust matter,  any  other officer to whom such matter is referred
          because of his knowledge  of  and familiarity with the particular
          subject.

               "Restricted  Beneficial  Interest"   means   any  beneficial
          interest of a Participant or Indirect Participant in a Restricted
          Global Note.

               "Restricted  Definitive  Notes"  means the Definitive  Notes
          that is required to bear the legend set  forth in Section 2.06(f)
          hereof.

               "Restricted Global Notes" means the 144A Global Note and the
          Regulation S Global Note, each of which is  required  to bear the
          legend set forth in Section 2.06(f) hereof.

               "Restricted  Investment"  means an Investment other  than  a
          Permitted Investment.

               "Restricted Subsidiary" of  a Person means any Subsidiary of
          such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

               "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities
          Act.

               "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

               "Securities  Act"  means  the Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
          amended.

               "Series A/B Indenture" means  the Indenture dated as of July
          21, 1997 among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors thereto and
          Texas Commerce Bank National Association,  as  Trustee, providing
          for  the  issuance  of  the  Series  A/B  Notes in the  aggregate
          principal  amount  of $110,000,000, as such may  be  amended  and
          supplemented from time to time.

               "Series A/B Issue  Date"  means the date on which the Series
          A/B Notes were originally issued under the Series A/B Indenture.

               "Series A/B Notes" means the  Company's  8 1/2% Senior Notes
          due August 1, 2005 issued pursuant to the Series  A/B  Indenture,
          as such may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

               "Series  A/B  Subsidiary  Guarantees" means those subsidiary
          guarantees of the Series A/B Notes  issued pursuant to the Series
          A/B Indenture.

               "Significant Subsidiary" means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary
          of  the  Company  that  would  be a "significant  subsidiary"  as
          defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02  of  Regulation S-X,  promulgated
          pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation was  in effect
          on the Series A/B Issue Date, (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary
          of  the  Company  that  provides  a  guarantee  under  the Credit
          Facility   or  incurs  any  Funded  Indebtedness  and  (c)  their
          respective successors and assigns.

               "Stated  Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of
          interest or principal  on any series of Indebtedness, the date on
          which such payment of interest  or  principal was scheduled to be
          paid in the original documentation governing  such  Indebtedness,
          and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem
          or  repurchase any such interest or principal prior to  the  date
          originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

               "Subsidiary"  means,  with  respect  to  any Person, (a) any
          corporation, association or other business entity  of  which more
          than  50%  of  the total voting power of shares of Capital  Stock
          entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
          vote in the election  of  directors, managers or trustees thereof
          is at the time owned or controlled,  directly  or  indirectly, by
          such  Person  or  one or more of the other Subsidiaries  of  that
          Person (or a combination thereof) and (b) any partnership (i) the
          sole general partner  or the managing general partner of which is
          such Person or a Subsidiary  of  such  Person  or  (ii)  the only
          general  partners  of  which  are  such  Person or of one or more
          Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

               "Subsidiary   Guarantees"  means  the  joint   and   several
          guarantees of the Company's  payment  obligations under the Notes
          issued by all of the Guarantors.

               "TIA"  means  the  Trust Indenture Act  of  1939  (15 U.S.C.
          sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this
          Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

               "Transfer Restricted  Securities" means securities that bear
          or are required to bear the  legend  set forth in Section 2.06(f)
          hereof.

               "Trustee"  means  the  party named as  such  above  until  a
          successor  replaces  it  in  accordance   with   the   applicable
          provisions  of  this Indenture and thereafter means the successor
          serving hereunder.

               "Unrestricted  Global  Notes" means one or more Global Notes
          that do not and are not required  to bear the legend set forth in
          Section 2.06(f) hereof.

               "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  means  any  Subsidiary  that  is
          designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors   as   an  Unrestricted
          Subsidiary  pursuant  to a resolution of the Board of  Directors,
          but only to the extent  that  such Subsidiary at the time of such
          designation (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt,
          (b)  is  not  party to any agreement,  contract,  arrangement  or
          understanding with  the  Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary of
          the  Company  unless  such agreement,  contract,  arrangement  or
          understanding  does not  violate  the  terms  of  this  Indenture
          described in Section  4.11  hereof,  and  (c)  is  a  Person with
          respect  to  which  neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries  has  any  direct  or  indirect  obligation  (i)  to
          subscribe for additional  Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or
          preserve  such Person's financial  condition  or  to  cause  such
          Person to achieve  any  specified levels of operating results, in
          each  case, except to the  extent  otherwise  permitted  by  this
          Indenture.   Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall
          be  evidenced to  the  Trustee  by  filing  with  the  Trustee  a
          certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving
          effect   to   such   designation  and  an  Officers'  Certificate
          certifying  that such designation  complied  with  the  foregoing
          conditions and  was  permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any
          time,  any  Unrestricted   Subsidiary  would  fail  to  meet  the
          foregoing requirements as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  it shall
          thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of
          this  Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall  be
          deemed  to  be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
          as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be
          incurred as of  such  date  pursuant  to Section 4.09 hereof, the
          Company  shall  be in default of such covenant).   The  Board  of
          Directors  of  the   Company   may  at  any  time  designate  any
          Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a  Restricted  Subsidiary, provided
          that  such  designation  shall be deemed to be an  incurrence  of
          Indebtedness by a Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the  Company of any
          outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
          designation  shall only be permitted if (A) such Indebtedness  is
          permitted by Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis
          as if such designation  had  occurred  at  the  beginning  of the
          four-quarter  reference  period,  and  (B) no Default or Event of
          Default would be in existence following such designation.

               "Weighted Average Life to Maturity"  means,  when applied to
          any  Indebtedness  at  any date, the number of years obtained  by
          dividing (a) the sum of  the products obtained by multiplying (i)
          the  amount  of each then remaining  installment,  sinking  fund,
          serial  maturity   or   other  required  payments  of  principal,
          including payment at final  maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii)
          the number of years (calculated  to the nearest one-twelfth) that
          will elapse between such date and  the making of such payment, by
          (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

               "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary"  of  any Person means a
          Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to the extent (a) all of the
          outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests  of  which
          (other  than  directors'  qualifying shares) shall at the time be
          owned  directly  or  indirectly   by  such  Person  or  (b)  such
          Restricted Subsidiary is organized  in a foreign jurisdiction and
          is  required  by  the  applicable laws and  regulations  of  such
          foreign jurisdiction to  be  partially owned by the government of
          such foreign jurisdiction or individual  or corporate citizens of
          such foreign jurisdiction in order for such Restricted Subsidiary
          to transact business in such foreign jurisdiction,  provided that
          such  Person, directly or indirectly, owns the remaining  Capital
          Stock or  ownership  interests in such Restricted Subsidiary and,
          by contract or otherwise, controls the management and business of
          such Restricted Subsidiary  and  derives the economic benefits of
          ownership of such Restricted Subsidiary to substantially the same
          extent  as  if such Restricted Subsidiary  were  a  wholly  owned
          Restricted Subsidiary.

          Section 1.02.Other Definitions.

                                                                 Defined in
               Term                                                 Section


               "Affiliate Transaction"                             4.11
               "Asset Sale Offer"                                  3.09
               "Change of Control Offer"                           4.15
               "Change of Control Payment"                         4.15
               "Change of Control Payment Date"                    4.15
               "Covenant Defeasance"                               8.03
               "DTC"                                               2.03
               "Event of Default"                                  6.01
               "Excess Proceeds"                                   4.10
               "incur" or "incurrence"                             4.09
               "Legal Defeasance"                                  8.02
               "Offer Amount"                                      3.09
               "Offer Period"                                      3.09
               "Paying Agent"                                      2.03
               "Payment Default"                                   6.01
               "Purchase Date"                                     3.09
               "Registrar"                                         2.03
               "Restricted Payments"                               4.07

          Section 1.03.Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

               Whenever  this  Indenture  refers to a provision of the TIA,
          the provision is incorporated by  reference in and made a part of
          this Indenture.  Any terms incorporated  in  this  Indenture that
          are  defined  by  the  TIA,  defined by TIA reference to  another
          statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so
          assigned to them.

          Section 1.04.Rules of Construction.

               Unless the context otherwise requires:

                    (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                    (2)  an accounting term  not  otherwise defined has the
               meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                    (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

                    (4)  words in the singular include  the  plural, and in
               the plural include the singular;

                    (5)  provisions   apply   to   successive  events   and
               transactions; and

                    (6)  references  to  sections  of or  rules  under  the
               Securities  Act  or  the  Exchange Act shall  be  deemed  to
               include substitute, replacement  or  successor  sections  or
               rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

                                      ARTICLE 2
                                      THE NOTES

          Section 2.01.Form and Dating.

               The  Notes  and  the Trustee's certificate of authentication
          shall be substantially  in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2
          hereto.  The Notes may have  notations,  legends  or endorsements
          required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each  Note  shall
          be  dated  the  date  of  its authentication.  The Notes shall be
          issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

               The  Series C  Notes  and   the   Series D  Notes  shall  be
          considered collectively to be a single class  for all purposes of
          this   Indenture,   including,   without   limitation,   waivers,
          amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

               The  terms  and  provisions  contained  in the  Notes  shall
          constitute,  and  are  hereby  expressly  made,  a part  of  this
          Indenture  and  the Company, the Guarantors and the  Trustee,  by
          their execution and  delivery  of this Indenture, expressly agree
          to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

               (a)  Global Notes.  Except  as  provided in Section 2.01(c),
          notes offered and sold in connection with  the  Offering  by  the
          Initial  Purchasers  to  QIBs  in  reliance on Rule 144A shall be
          issued initially in the form of one  or  more  144A Global Notes,
          which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes
          represented  thereby  with  the  Trustee,  as  custodian  of  the
          Depository,  and  registered in the name of the Depository  or  a
          nominee of the Depository,  duly  executed  by  the  Company  and
          authenticated  by  the  Trustee  as  hereinafter  provided.   The
          aggregate principal amount of the 144A Global Notes may from time
          to  time  be  increased  or  decreased by adjustments made on the
          records  of the Trustee and the  Depository  or  its  nominee  as
          hereinafter provided.

               Notes  offered  and  sold in connection with the Offering by
          the Initial Purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, if any, shall
          be issued initially in the  form  of  the  Regulation S Temporary
          Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers
          of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee,  as  custodian
          for  the Depository, and registered in the name of the Depository
          or the  nominee  of the Depository for the accounts of designated
          agents holding on  behalf of Euroclear or Cedel, duly executed by
          the  Company and authenticated  by  the  Trustee  as  hereinafter
          provided.    The   "40-day  restricted  period"  (as  defined  in
          Regulation S) shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee
          of (i) a written certificate  from  the Depository, together with
          copies of certificates from Euroclear  and  Cedel certifying that
          they have received certification of non-United  States beneficial
          ownership  of  100%  of  the  aggregate principal amount  of  the
          Regulation S Temporary Global Note  (except  to the extent of any
          beneficial  owners  thereof  who  acquired  an  interest  therein
          pursuant  to  another  exemption  from  registration  under   the
          Securities  Act  and  who  will  take  delivery  of  a beneficial
          ownership interest in a 144A Global Note, all as contemplated  by
          Section  2.06(a)(ii)  hereof),  and (ii) an Officers' Certificate
          from  the  Company.   Following the  termination  of  the  40-day
          restricted  period,  beneficial  interests  in  the  Regulation S
          Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests
          in one or more Regulation S  Permanent  Global  Notes pursuant to
          the    Applicable    Procedures.     Simultaneously    with   the
          authentication   of  Regulation S  Permanent  Global  Notes,  the
          Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note.  The
          aggregate principal  amount  of the Regulation S Temporary Global
          Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes may from time to
          time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records
          of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee, as the case may
          be,  in  connection with transfers  of  interest  as  hereinafter
          provided.

               Each  Global  Note  shall  represent such of the outstanding
          Notes as shall be specified therein  and  each shall provide that
          it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from
          time to time endorsed thereon and that the  aggregate  amount  of
          outstanding  Notes  represented  thereby may from time to time be
          reduced  or  increased,  as appropriate,  to  reflect  exchanges,
          redemptions and transfers  of  interests.   Any  endorsement of a
          Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase  or decrease in
          the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made
          by  the  Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction  of  the
          Trustee, in  accordance  with  instructions  given  by the Holder
          thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

               The provisions of the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear
          System" and "Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear" and
          the  "Management  Regulations" and "Instructions to Participants"
          of Cedel shall be applicable  to  interests  in  the Regulation S
          Temporary  Global  Note  and  the  Regulation S Permanent  Global
          Notes, if any, that are held by Participants through Euroclear or
          Cedel.  The Trustee shall have no obligation to notify Holders of
          any such procedures or to monitor or  enforce compliance with the
          same.

               Except as set forth in Section 2.06 hereof, the Global Notes
          may be transferred, in whole and not in  part,  only  to  another
          nominee of the Depository or to a successor of the Depository  or
          its nominee.

               (b)  Book-Entry  Provisions.   This  Section  2.01(b)  shall
          apply only to 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Permanent Global
          Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

               The   Company  shall  execute  and  the  Trustee  shall,  in
          accordance with  this  Section  2.01(b), authenticate and deliver
          the Global Notes that (i) shall be  registered in the name of the
          Depository or the nominee of the Depository  and  (ii)  shall  be
          delivered  by  the  Trustee  to the Depository or pursuant to the
          Depository's instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for
          the Depository.

               Participants  shall  have  no   rights   either  under  this
          Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by
          the  Depository  or  by the Note Custodian as custodian  for  the
          Depository or under such  Global  Note, and the Depository may be
          treated by the Company, the Trustee  and any Agent of the Company
          or the Trustee as the absolute owner of  such Global Note for all
          purposes  whatsoever.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  nothing
          herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any Agent of the
          Company  or  the  Trustee  from  giving  effect  to  any  written
          certification,  proxy  or other authorization  furnished  by  the
          Depository  or  impair,  as   between   the  Depository  and  its
          Participants,  the  operation  of  customary  practices  of  such
          Depository governing the exercise of  the rights of an owner of a
          beneficial interest in any Global Note.

               (c)  Definitive Notes.  Notes offered and sold in connection
          with  the  Offering  by the Initial Purchasers  to  Institutional
          Accredited Investors who  are not QIBs otherwise than in reliance
          on Regulation S, if any, or to QIBs who elect to take their Notes
          in definitive form shall be  issued  initially  in  the  form  of
          Definitive  Notes, duly executed by the Company and authenticated
          by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

          Section 2.02.Execution and Authentication.

               One Officer  shall  sign the Notes for the Company by manual
          or facsimile signature.  The  Company's  seal shall be reproduced
          on the Notes and may be in facsimile form.

               If an Officer whose signature is on a  Note  no longer holds
          that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the  Note  shall
          nevertheless be valid.

               A  Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
          signature  of  the  Trustee.   Such signature shall be conclusive
          evidence  that  the  Note  has  been   authenticated  under  this
          Indenture.  The form of Trustee's certificate  of  authentication
          to be borne by the Notes shall be substantially as set  forth  in
          Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto.

               The  Trustee  shall  authenticate (i) the Series C Notes for
          original issue up to the aggregate  principal  amount  stated  in
          paragraph 4 of the Notes and (ii) the Series D Notes from time to
          time  for  issue  only in exchange for a like principal amount of
          Series C Notes, in  each case upon a written order of the Company
          signed by one Officer,  which written order shall specify (i) the
          amount of Notes to be authenticated,  (ii) whether  the Notes are
          Series C Notes or Series D Notes, and (iii) the amount  of  Notes
          to  be  issued  in global form or definitive form.  The aggregate
          principal amount  of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed
          such amount except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

               The Trustee may  appoint  an authenticating agent acceptable
          to the Company to authenticate Notes.   An  authenticating  agent
          may  authenticate  Notes  whenever  the  Trustee may do so.  Each
          reference  in  this Indenture to authentication  by  the  Trustee
          includes authentication  by  such agent.  An authenticating agent
          has the same rights as an Agent  to  deal  with  the Company, any
          Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company.

          Section 2.03.Registrar and Paying Agent.

               The Company shall maintain an office or agency  where  Notes
          may  be  presented  for  registration of transfer or for exchange
          ("Registrar")  and  an  office  or  agency  where  Notes  may  be
          presented for payment ("Paying Agent").  The Registrar shall keep
          a register of the Notes and  of their transfer and exchange.  The
          Company may appoint one or more  co-registrars  and  one  or more
          additional  paying  agents.   The  term  "Registrar" includes any
          co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes  any additional
          paying  agent.   The  Company  may  change  any  Paying Agent  or
          Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company shall notify
          the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a
          party  to  this  Indenture.  If the Company fails to  appoint  or
          maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee
          shall act as such.   The  Company shall enter into an appropriate
          agency agreement with any Agent  not  a  party to this Indenture,
          and such agreement shall incorporate the TIA's provisions of this
          Indenture that relate to such Agent.  The  Company  or any of its
          Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

               The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust  Company
          ("DTC") to act as Depository with respect to the Global Notes.

               The  Company  initially  appoints  the Trustee to act as the
          Registrar  and  Paying Agent and to act as  Note  Custodian  with
          respect to the Global Notes.

          Section 2.04.Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

               The Company  shall  require each Paying Agent other than the
          Trustee to agree in writing  that  the  Paying Agent will hold in
          trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by
          the  Paying  Agent for the payment of principal  of  or  premium,
          interest or Liquidated  Damages,  if  any, on the Notes, and will
          notify the Trustee of any default by the  Company  in  making any
          such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee  may
          require  a  Paying  Agent  to  pay  all  money  held by it to the
          Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying  Agent  to
          pay  all  money  held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to
          the Trustee, the Paying  Agent  (if  other  than the Company or a
          Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for  the  money.   If
          the  Company  or  a  Subsidiary  acts  as  Paying Agent, it shall
          segregate and hold in a separate trust fund  for  the  benefit of
          the  Holders  all  money  held  by it as Paying Agent.  Upon  any
          bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company,
          the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

          Section 2.05.Holder Lists.

               The  Trustee shall preserve in  as  current  a  form  as  is
          reasonably  practicable  the  most recent list available to it of
          the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply
          with TIA section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
          Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days
          before  each interest payment date and at such other times as the
          Trustee may  request  in  writing,  a list in such form and as of
          such date as the Trustee may reasonably  require of the names and
          addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise
          comply with TIA section 312(a).

          Section 2.06.Transfer and Exchange.

               (a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global  Notes.   The  transfer
          and  exchange  of  Global  Notes  or beneficial interests therein
          shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this
          Indenture and the procedures of the  Depository  therefor,  which
          shall  include  restrictions  on transfer comparable to those set
          forth  herein  to  the extent required  by  the  Securities  Act.
          Beneficial interests  in  a  Global  Note  may  be transferred to
          Persons  who  take delivery thereof in the form of  a  beneficial
          interest in the  same Global Note in accordance with the transfer
          restrictions set forth  in  the  legend in subsection (f) of this
          Section 2.06. Transfers of beneficial  interests  in  the  Global
          Notes to Persons required to take delivery thereof in the form of
          an interest in another Global Note shall be permitted as follows:

                    (i)  144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note.  If,
               at  any  time,  an  owner of a beneficial interest in a 144A
               Global Note deposited with the Depository (or the Trustee as
               custodian  for  the  Depository)   wishes  to  transfer  its
               beneficial interest in such 144A Global Note to a Person who
               is  required or permitted to take delivery  thereof  in  the
               form  of  an  interest  in  a Regulation S Global Note, such
               owner shall, subject to the Applicable  Procedures, exchange
               or  cause  the exchange of such interest for  an  equivalent
               beneficial  interest   in  a  Regulation S  Global  Note  as
               provided in this Section  2.06(a)(i).  Upon  receipt  by the
               Trustee  of  (A)  instructions  given in accordance with the
               Applicable  Procedures  from  a  Participant  directing  the
               Trustee  to  credit  or  cause to be credited  a  beneficial
               interest in the Regulation S  Global Note in an amount equal
               to the beneficial interest in the  144A  Global  Note  to be
               transferred,  (B)  a  written order given in accordance with
               the Applicable Procedures  containing  information regarding
               the Participant account of the Depository  and the Euroclear
               or Cedel account to be credited with such increase,  and (C)
               a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto given by the
               owner  of such beneficial interest stating that the transfer
               of such  interest  has  been  made  in  compliance  with the
               transfer  restrictions  applicable  to the Global Notes  and
               pursuant to and in accordance with Rule  903  or Rule 904 of
               Regulation S, then the Trustee, as Registrar, shall instruct
               the  Depository  to  reduce  or  cause  to  be  reduced  the
               aggregate  principal  amount  of the applicable 144A  Global
               Note and to increase or cause to  be increased the aggregate
               principal amount of the applicable  Regulation S Global Note
               by the principal amount of the beneficial  interest  in  the
               144A Global Note to be transferred, to credit or cause to be
               credited  to  the  account  of  the Person specified in such
               instructions,  a  beneficial interest  in  the  Regulation S
               Global  Note  equal  to   the  reduction  in  the  aggregate
               principal amount of the 144A  Global  Note, and to debit, or
               cause to be debited, from the account of  the  Person making
               such  transfer  the  beneficial interest in the 144A  Global
               Note that is being transferred.

                    (ii) Regulation S Global Note to 144A Global Note.  If,
               at any time, after the  expiration  of the 40-day restricted
               period, an owner of a beneficial interest  in a Regulation S
               Global  Note  deposited  with  the  Depository or  with  the
               Trustee as custodian for the Depository  wishes  to transfer
               its beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global  Note to
               a  Person  who  is  required  or  permitted to take delivery
               thereof in the form of an interest  in  a  144A Global Note,
               such  owner  shall,  subject  to the Applicable  Procedures,
               exchange  or cause the exchange  of  such  interest  for  an
               equivalent  beneficial  interest  in  a  144A Global Note as
               provided in this Section 2.06(a)(ii). Upon  receipt  by  the
               Trustee  of  (A)  instructions  from  Euroclear or Cedel, if
               applicable, and the Depository, directing  the  Trustee,  as
               Registrar,  to  credit  or cause to be credited a beneficial
               interest in the 144A Global  Note  equal  to  the beneficial
               interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be  transferred,
               such  instructions  to  contain  information  regarding  the
               Participant account with the Depository to be credited  with
               such  increase, (B) a written order given in accordance with
               the Applicable  Procedures  containing information regarding
               the  participant  account  of  the   Depository  and  (C)  a
               certificate in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto given
               by the owner of such beneficial interest  stating (1) if the
               transfer   is  pursuant  to  Rule  144A,  that  the   Person
               transferring  such  interest  in  a Regulation S Global Note
               reasonably believes that the Person  acquiring such interest
               in  a  144A  Global  Note  is  a QIB and is  obtaining  such
               beneficial   interest   in   a   transaction   meeting   the
               requirements of Rule 144A, (2) that  the  transfer  complies
               with the requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities  Act,
               (3)  if  the  transfer  is  to  an  Institutional Accredited
               Investor,  that  such  transfer  is in compliance  with  the
               Securities Act and a certificate in  the  form  of Exhibit C
               attached  hereto and, if such transfer is in respect  of  an
               aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000, an Opinion
               of Counsel  acceptable  to the Company that such transfer is
               in compliance with the Securities  Act  and  any  applicable
               blue sky laws of any State of the United States, (4)  if the
               transfer  is  pursuant  to  any  other  exemption  from  the
               registration  requirements  of  the Securities Act, that the
               transfer of such interest has been  made  in compliance with
               the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and
               pursuant to and in accordance with the requirements  of  the
               exemption  claimed,  such  statement  to  be supported by an
               Opinion of Counsel from the transferee or the  transferor in
               form  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Company  and  to  the
               Registrar  and  in each case of clause (1), (2), (3) or  (4)
               above, in accordance  with any applicable securities laws of
               any  state of the United  States  or  any  other  applicable
               jurisdiction or (5) such transfer is being effected pursuant
               to an  effective registration statement under the Securities
               Act, then  the  Trustee,  as  Registrar,  shall instruct the
               Depository  to reduce or cause to be reduced  the  aggregate
               principal amount  of  such  Regulation S  Global Note and to
               increase  or  cause to be increased the aggregate  principal
               amount of the applicable  144A  Global Note by the principal
               amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
               Note to be transferred, and the Trustee, as Registrar, shall
               instruct the Depository, concurrently  with  such reduction,
               to  credit  or  cause to be credited to the account  of  the
               Person specified  in such instructions a beneficial interest
               in the applicable 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in
               the aggregate principal  amount  of such Regulation S Global
               Note and to debit or cause to be debited from the account of
               the Person making such transfer the  beneficial  interest in
               the Regulation S Global Note that is being transferred.

               (b)  Transfer   and  Exchange  of  Definitive  Notes.   When
          Definitive Notes are presented  by a Holder to the Registrar with
          a request to register the transfer  of the Definitive Notes or to
          exchange such Definitive Notes for an  equal  principal amount of
          Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar
          shall  register  the transfer or make the exchange  as  requested
          only if the Definitive  Notes  are  presented  or surrendered for
          registration of transfer or exchange, are endorsed or accompanied
          by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory  to  the
          Registrar  duly  executed by such Holder or by his attorney, duly
          authorized in writing  and  the  Registrar received the following
          documentation (all of which may be submitted by facsimile):

                    (i)  in the case of Definitive  Notes that are Transfer
               Restricted Securities, such request shall  be accompanied by
               the  following  additional  information  and  documents,  as
               applicable:

                         (A)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being
                    delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration
                    in the name of such Holder, without transfer,  or  such
                    Transfer   Restricted  Security  is  being  transferred
                    (1) to  the Company  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  or
                    (2) pursuant  to  an  effective  registration statement
                    under  the  Securities  Act,  a certification  to  that
                    effect from such Holder (in substantially  the  form of
                    Exhibit B-3 hereto);

                         (B)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being
                    transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under
                    the  Securities  Act  or  pursuant to an exemption from
                    registration in accordance  with  Rule  144  under  the
                    Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration
                    statement  under the Securities Act, a certification to
                    that effect from such Holder (in substantially the form
                    of Exhibit B-3 hereto);

                         (C)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being
                    transferred   to  a  Non-U.S.  Person  in  an  offshore
                    transaction in  accordance  with  Rule  904  under  the
                    Securities  Act,  a  certification  to that effect from
                    such Holder (in substantially the form  of  Exhibit B-3
                    hereto but containing the certification called  for  by
                    clauses (1) through (4) of Exhibit B-1 hereto); or

                         (D)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being
                    transferred  to an Institutional Accredited Investor in
                    reliance  on  an   exemption   from   the  registration
                    requirements  of  the Securities Act other  than  those
                    listed   in  subparagraph   (B)   or   (C)   above,   a
                    certification  to  that  effect  from  such  Holder (in
                    substantially  the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto),  and  a
                    certification substantially  in  the  form of Exhibit C
                    hereto from the transferee, and, if such transfer is in
                    respect of an aggregate principal amount  of  Notes  of
                    less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to
                    the  Company  that  such transfer is in compliance with
                    the Securities Act and  any applicable blue sky laws of
                    any state of the United States.

               (c)  Transfer of a Beneficial Interest in a 144A Global Note
          or Regulation S Permanent Global Note for a Definitive Note.

                    (i)  Any Person having a  beneficial interest in a 144A
               Global Note or Regulation S Permanent  Global  Note may upon
               request, subject to the Applicable Procedures, exchange such
               beneficial interest for a Definitive Note, upon  receipt  by
               the  Trustee  of  written instructions or such other form of
               instructions  as  is   customary   for  the  Depository  (or
               Euroclear or Cedel, if applicable),  from  the Depository or
               its  nominee  on  behalf  of any Person having a  beneficial
               interest  in a 144A Global Note  or  Regulation S  Permanent
               Global Note,  and,  in  the  case  of  a Transfer Restricted
               Security, the following additional information and documents
               (all of which may be submitted by facsimile):

                         (A)  if   such   beneficial  interest   is   being
                    transferred to the Person  designated by the Depository
                    as being the beneficial owner  or to the Company or any
                    of  its Subsidiaries, a certification  to  that  effect
                    from  such Person (in substantially the form of Exhibit
                    B-4 hereto);

                         (B)  if   such   beneficial   interest   is  being
                    transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under
                    the  Securities  Act  or pursuant to an exemption  from
                    registration in accordance  with  Rule  144  under  the
                    Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration
                    statement  under the Securities Act, a certification to
                    that effect  from  the transferor (in substantially the
                    form of Exhibit B-4 hereto);

                         (C)  if   such  beneficial   interest   is   being
                    transferred  to  a   Non-U.S.  Person  in  an  offshore
                    transaction  in  accordance  with  Rule 904  under  the
                    Securities Act, a certification to that effect from the
                    transferor (in substantially  the  form  of Exhibit B-4
                    hereto but containing the certification called  for  by
                    clauses (1) through (4) of Exhibit B-1 hereto); or

                         (D)  if   such   beneficial   interest   is  being
                    transferred  to  an  Institutional Accredited Investor,
                    pursuant  to a private  placement  exemption  from  the
                    registration  requirements  of the Securities Act other
                    than those listed in subparagraph  (B)  or (C) above, a
                    certification  to  that  effect  from  such Holder  (in
                    substantially  the  form of Exhibit B-4 hereto)  and  a
                    certification  from  the   applicable   transferee  (in
                    substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto),

               in  which  case  the Trustee or the Note Custodian,  at  the
               direction of the Trustee,  shall,  in  accordance  with  the
               standing  instructions  and  procedures existing between the
               Depository  and  the  Note Custodian,  cause  the  aggregate
               principal  amount  of  144A  Global  Notes  or  Regulation S
               Permanent  Global  Notes,   as  applicable,  to  be  reduced
               accordingly and, following such reduction, the Company shall
               execute and, the Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver to
               the   transferee   a  Definitive  Note  in  the  appropriate
               principal amount.

                    (ii) Definitive   Notes   issued   in  exchange  for  a
               beneficial  interest in a 144A Global Note  or  Regulation S
               Permanent Global  Note,  as  applicable,  pursuant  to  this
               Section  2.06(c)  shall  be  registered in such names and in
               such authorized denominations as the Depository, pursuant to
               instructions  from its direct or  Indirect  Participants  or
               otherwise, shall  instruct  the  Trustee.  The Trustee shall
               deliver such Definitive Notes to the  Persons in whose names
               such Notes are so registered.  Following  any  such issuance
               of  Definitive  Notes,  the  Trustee,  as  Registrar,  shall
               instruct the Depository to reduce or cause to be reduced the
               aggregate principal amount of the applicable  Global Note to
               reflect the transfer.

               (d)  Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global  Notes.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (other than
          the provisions set forth in subsection (f) of this Section 2.06),
          a  Global  Note  may  not be transferred as a whole except by the
          Depository to a nominee  of the Depository or by a nominee of the
          Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository
          or  by  the  Depository  or  any  such  nominee  to  a  successor
          Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

               (e)  Authentication  of  Definitive   Notes  in  Absence  of
          Depository.  If at any time:

                    (i)  the Depository for the Notes  notifies the Company
               that the Depository is unwilling or unable  to  continue  as
               Depository  for  the Global Notes and a successor Depository
               for the Global Notes  is not appointed by the Company within
               90 days after delivery of such notice; or

                    (ii) the Company,  at its sole discretion, notifies the
               Trustee in writing that it  elects  to cause the issuance of
               Definitive Notes under this Indenture,

          then  the  Company  shall  execute, and the Trustee  shall,  upon
          receipt of an authentication  order  in  accordance  with Section
          2.02  hereof,  authenticate and deliver, Definitive Notes  in  an
          aggregate principal  amount  equal to the principal amount of the
          Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes.

               (f)  Legends.

                    (i)  Except as permitted  by  the  following paragraphs
               (ii),  (iii)  and (iv), each Note certificate  evidencing  a
               Global Note and  a  Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
               exchange therefor or  substitution  thereof)  shall  bear  a
               legend in substantially the following form:

                    "THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS
                    ORIGINALLY   ISSUED   IN   A  TRANSACTION  EXEMPT  FROM
                    REGISTRATION  UNDER  SECTION 5  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES
                    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED  (THE  "SECURITIES
                    ACT"),  AND  THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY  NOT  BE
                    OFFERED, SOLD  OR  OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE
                    OF  SUCH  REGISTRATION   OR   AN  APPLICABLE  EXEMPTION
                    THEREFROM.   EACH PURCHASER OF THE  SECURITY  EVIDENCED
                    HEREBY  IS HEREBY  NOTIFIED  THAT  THE  SELLER  MAY  BE
                    RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION
                    5  OF  THE   SECURITIES   ACT  PROVIDED  BY  RULE  144A
                    THEREUNDER.   THE  HOLDER  OF  THE  SECURITY  EVIDENCED
                    HEREBY  AGREES  FOR THE BENEFIT  OF  THE  COMPANY  THAT
                    (A) SUCH SECURITY  MAY  BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
                    TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) (a)  TO  A  PERSON WHO THE SELLER
                    REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
                    (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A
                    TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144A,
                    (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING  THE  REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
                    144  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE  THE  UNITED
                    STATES  TO  A  NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
                    THE REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
                    OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH  ANOTHER  EXEMPTION  FROM THE
                    REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE SECURITIES ACT  (AND
                    BASED  UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL  IF  THE  COMPANY  SO
                    REQUESTS),  (2) TO  THE  COMPANY  OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN
                    EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND,  IN EACH CASE, IN
                    ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES  LAWS  OF ANY
                    STATE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
                    JURISDICTION  AND  (B)  THE  HOLDER  WILL,   AND   EACH
                    SUBSEQUENT  HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER
                    OF  THE  SECURITY   EVIDENCED   HEREBY  OF  THE  RESALE
                    RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE."

                    (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted
               Security   (including   any  Transfer  Restricted   Security
               represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the
               Securities  Act or pursuant  to  an  effective  registration
               statement under the Securities Act:

                         (A)  in   the  case  of  any  Transfer  Restricted
                    Security that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall
                    permit the Holder  thereof  to  exchange  such Transfer
                    Restricted Security for a Definitive Note that does not
                    bear the legend set forth in (i) above and  rescind any
                    restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted
                    Security   upon  certification  from  the  transferring
                    holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto;
                    and

                         (B)  in   the  case  of  any  Transfer  Restricted
                    Security represented  by  a  Global Note, such Transfer
                    Restricted Security shall not  be  required to bear the
                    legend set forth in (i) above, but shall continue to be
                    subject to the provisions of Section  2.06(a)  and  (c)
                    hereof;  provided,  however,  that  with respect to any
                    request  for  an  exchange  of  a  Transfer  Restricted
                    Security  that is represented by a Global  Note  for  a
                    Definitive Note that does not bear the legend set forth
                    in (i) above,  which  request  is made in reliance upon
                    Rule  144  or  pursuant  to  an effective  registration
                    statement, the Holder thereof  shall certify in writing
                    to  the  Registrar  that  such request  is  being  made
                    pursuant  to  Rule  144  or pursuant  to  an  effective
                    registration  statement  (such   certification   to  be
                    substantially in the form of Exhibit B-4 hereto).

                    (iii)Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted
               Security   (including   any   Transfer  Restricted  Security
               represented by a Global Note) in  reliance  on any exemption
               from  the  registration  requirements of the Securities  Act
               (other  than  exemptions pursuant  to  Rule  144  under  the
               Securities Act)  in  which  the  Holder  or  the  transferee
               provides  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  to  the  Company and the
               Registrar in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
               Company  and  the Registrar (which Opinion of Counsel  shall
               also state that  the  transfer restrictions contained in the
               legend are no longer applicable):

                         (A)  in  the  case   of  any  Transfer  Restricted
                    Security that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall
                    permit  the Holder thereof to  exchange  such  Transfer
                    Restricted Security for a Definitive Note that does not
                    bear the  legend set forth in (i) above and rescind any
                    restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted
                    Security; and

                         (B)  in   the  case  of  any  Transfer  Restricted
                    Security represented  by  a  Global Note, such Transfer
                    Restricted Security shall not  be  required to bear the
                    legend set forth in (i) above, but shall continue to be
                    subject to the provisions of Section  2.06(a)  and  (c)
                    hereof.

                    (iv) Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, upon consummation
               of the Exchange Offer, the Company  shall  issue  and,  upon
               receipt  of  an  authentication  order  in  accordance  with
               Section  2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (A) one
               or more Unrestricted  Global  Notes  in  aggregate principal
               amount  equal  to  the  principal  amount of the  Restricted
               Beneficial Interests tendered for acceptance by Persons that
               are not (1) broker-dealers, (2) Persons participating in the
               distribution of the Series D Notes or  (3)  Persons  who are
               Affiliates  of the Company and accepted for exchange in  the
               Exchange Offer and (B) Definitive Notes that do not bear the
               legend set forth  in  this  Section  2.06(f) in an aggregate
               principal  amount  equal  to  the principal  amount  of  the
               Restricted Definitive Notes accepted  for  exchange  in  the
               Exchange  Offer.   Concurrently  with  the  issuance of such
               Notes,  the  Trustee  shall  cause  the aggregate  principal
               amount  of  the  applicable Restricted Global  Notes  to  be
               reduced accordingly  and  the  Company shall execute and the
               Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver  to  the  Persons
               designated by the Holders of Definitive  Notes  so  accepted
               Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

               (g)  Cancellation  and/or  Adjustment  of Global Notes.   At
          such time as all beneficial interests in Global  Notes  have been
          exchanged   for   Definitive   Notes,  redeemed,  repurchased  or
          cancelled, all Global Notes shall  be returned to or retained and
          cancelled by the Trustee in accordance  with Section 2.11 hereof.
          At  any  time  prior  to  such  cancellation, if  any  beneficial
          interest  in  a Global Note is exchanged  for  Definitive  Notes,
          redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes
          represented by  such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and
          an endorsement shall  be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee
          or the Notes Custodian,  at  the  direction  of  the  Trustee, to
          reflect such reduction.

               (h)  General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

                    (i)  To   permit   registrations   of   transfers   and
               exchanges,  subject  to this Section 2.06, the Company shall
               execute and, upon the written order of the Company signed by
               two Officers of the Company,  the Trustee shall authenticate
               Definitive  Notes  and  Global  Notes   at  the  Registrar's
               request.

                    (ii) No service charge shall be made  to  a  Holder for
               any  registration  of  transfer or exchange, but the Company
               may  require  payment  of a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  any
               transfer  tax  or similar  governmental  charge  payable  in
               connection therewith  (other than any such transfer taxes or
               similar  governmental  charge   payable   upon  exchange  or
               transfer  pursuant  to  Sections 3.07, 4.10, 4.15  and  9.05
               hereof).

                    (iii)The Registrar shall  not  be  required to register
               the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption
               in whole or in part, except the unredeemed  portion  of  any
               Note being redeemed in part.

                    (iv) All  Definitive Notes and Global Notes issued upon
               any registration of transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes
               or Global Notes  shall  be  the  valid  obligations  of  the
               Company,  evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same
               benefits under  this  Indenture,  as the Definitive Notes or
               Global Notes surrendered upon such  registration of transfer
               or exchange.

                    (v)  The  Company  and  the  Registrar   shall  not  be
               required:

                         (A)  to issue, to register the transfer  of  or to
                    exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening
                    of business 15 days before the day of any selection  of
                    Notes  for  redemption  under  Section  3.02 hereof and
                    ending  at  the  close  of  business  on  the  day   of
                    selection;

                         (B)  to  register  the  transfer of or to exchange
                    any  Note so selected for redemption  in  whole  or  in
                    part,  except  the unredeemed portion of any Note being
                    redeemed in part;

                         (C)  to register  the transfer of or to exchange a
                    Note  between a record date  and  the  next  succeeding
                    interest payment date; or

                         (D)  to register the transfer of a Note other than
                    in amounts of $1,000 or multiple integrals thereof.

                    (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a
               transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company
               may deem and  treat  the  Person  in  whose name any Note is
               registered  as  the  absolute  owner of such  Note  for  the
               purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on
               such  Notes,  and neither the Trustee,  any  Agent  nor  the
               Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

                    (vii)The Trustee  shall  authenticate  Definitive Notes
               and  Global  Notes  in  accordance  with  the provisions  of
               Section 2.02 hereof.

          Section 2.07.Replacement Notes.

               If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the  Trustee  or the
          Company, or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction  of
          the  destruction,  loss  or  theft of any Note, the Company shall
          issue and the Trustee, upon the  written  order  of  the  Company
          signed  by  two  Officers  of  the  Company, shall authenticate a
          replacement  Note  if  the Trustee's requirements  are  met.   If
          required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be
          supplied by the Holder that  is sufficient in the judgment of the
          Trustee and the Company to protect  the Company, the Trustee, any
          Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them
          may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge for its
          expenses in replacing a Note.  If, after  the  delivery  of  such
          replacement  Note,  a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in
          lieu  of which such replacement  Note  was  issued  presents  for
          payment  or registration such original Note, the Trustee shall be
          entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom
          it was delivered  or  any  Person taking therefrom, except a bona
          fide  purchaser,  and  shall be  entitled  to  recover  upon  the
          security or indemnity provided  therefor  to  the  extent  of any
          loss,  damage,  cost  or  expense  incurred  by  the Company, the
          Trustee,  any  Agent  and any authenticating agent in  connection
          therewith.

               Subject to the provisions  of  the  final  sentence  of  the
          preceding  paragraph of this Section 2.07, every replacement Note
          is an additional  obligation of the Company and shall be entitled
          to  all  of  the  benefits   of   this   Indenture   equally  and
          proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

          Section 2.08.Outstanding Notes.

               The  Notes  outstanding  at  any  time  are  all  the  Notes
          authenticated  by  the  Trustee except for those cancelled by it,
          those delivered to it for  cancellation,  those reductions in the
          interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee  in  accordance
          with  the provisions hereof, and those described in this  Section
          as not  outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof,
          a Note does  not cease to be outstanding because the Company, any
          Subsidiary of  the  Company or an Affiliate of the Company or any
          Subsidiary of the Company holds the Note.

               If a Note is replaced  pursuant  to  Section 2.07 hereof, it
          ceases  to  be  outstanding  unless  the Trustee  receives  proof
          satisfactory to it that the replaced Note  is held by a bona fide
          purchaser.

               If  the  entire  principal  of  and  premium,  interest  and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note are considered paid under
          Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, on it cease to accrue.

               If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of
          the  Company  or  an  Affiliate  of  any  thereof)  holds,  on  a
          redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient  to  pay Notes
          payable  on  that  date,  then  on and after that date such Notes
          shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding  and  shall  cease to
          accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if any.

          Section 2.09.Treasury Notes.

               In determining whether the Holders of the required principal
          amount  of  Notes  have  concurred  in  any  direction, waiver or
          consent, Notes owned by the Company, a Subsidiary  of the Company
          or  an  Affiliate, shall be considered as though not outstanding,
          except that  for  the purposes of determining whether the Trustee
          shall be protected  in  relying  on any such direction, waiver or
          consent, only Notes that a Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
          disregarded.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Notes  that  the
          Company, a Subsidiary of the Company  or  an  Affiliate offers to
          purchase or acquires pursuant to an offer, exchange offer, tender
          offer  or  otherwise  shall  not  be  deemed to be owned  by  the
          Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or  an Affiliate until legal
          title  to such Notes passes to the Company,  such  Subsidiary  or
          such Affiliate as the case may be.

          Section 2.10.Temporary Notes.

               Until  definitive  Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
          may prepare and the Trustee  shall  authenticate  temporary Notes
          upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the
          Company.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in  the  form of
          definitive  Notes  but  may  have  variations  that  the  Company
          considers  appropriate  for  temporary  Notes  and  as  shall  be
          reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Trustee.   Without  unreasonable
          delay,   the   Company   shall  prepare  and  the  Trustee  shall
          authenticate definitive Notes  in  exchange  for temporary Notes.
          Until such exchange, Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled
          to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

          Section 2.11.Cancellation.

               The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
          cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent  shall  forward  to
          the  Trustee  any  Notes  surrendered to them for registration of
          transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall
          cancel  all  Notes  surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer,
          exchange,  payment,  replacement  or  cancellation  and,  at  the
          request of the Company, shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to
          the  record  retention  requirement   of   the   Exchange   Act).
          Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall  be
          delivered to the Company.  The Company may not issue new Notes to
          replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the
          Trustee  for  cancellation,  other  than  as  contemplated by the
          Exchange Offer.

          Section 2.12.Defaulted Interest.

               If  the  Company  defaults in a payment of interest  on  the
          Notes, it shall pay the  defaulted  interest in any lawful manner
          plus, to the extent lawful, interest  payable  on  the  defaulted
          interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent  special
          record  date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes  and
          in Section  4.01 hereof.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in
          writing of the  amount  of defaulted interest proposed to be paid
          on each Note and the date  of  the proposed payment.  The Company
          shall fix or cause to be fixed each  such special record date and
          payment date, provided, however, that no such special record date
          shall be less than 10 days prior to the  related payment date for
          such  defaulted interest.  At least 15 days  before  the  special
          record  date,  the  Company  (or, upon the written request of the
          Company,  the Trustee in the name  and  at  the  expense  of  the
          Company) shall  mail  or  cause  to be mailed to Holders a notice
          that states the special record date, the related payment date and
          the amount of such interest to be paid.

                                      ARTICLE 3
                              REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

          Section 3.01.Notices to Trustee.

               If  the  Company  elects to redeem  Notes  pursuant  to  the
          optional redemption provisions  of  Section 3.07 hereof, it shall
          furnish  to  the  Trustee, at least 30 days  but  not  more  than
          60 days  before  a  redemption  date,  an  Officers'  Certificate
          setting forth (i) the  clause of this Indenture pursuant to which
          the redemption shall occur,  (ii)  the redemption date, (iii) the
          principal amount of Notes to be redeemed  and (iv) the redemption
          price.

          Section 3.02.Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

               If  less  than all of the Notes are to be  redeemed  at  any
          time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the
          Holders  of the Notes,  on  a  pro  rata  basis,  by  lot  or  in
          accordance  with  any other method the Trustee considers fair and
          appropriate.  In the  event  of  partial  redemption  by lot, the
          particular  Notes  to  be  redeemed  shall  be  selected,  unless
          otherwise  provided  herein,  not less than 30 days nor more than
          60 days prior to the redemption  date  by  the  Trustee  from the
          outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

               The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing  of
          the  Notes  selected  for redemption and, in the case of any Note
          selected for partial redemption,  the principal amount thereof to
          be redeemed.  Notes and portions of  Notes  selected  shall be in
          amounts  of  $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000.  Provisions  of
          this Indenture  that  apply  to  Notes called for redemption also
          apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

               The  provisions  of  the two preceding  paragraphs  of  this
          Section  3.02 shall not apply  with  respect  to  any  redemption
          affecting  only  a Global Note, whether such Global Note is to be
          redeemed in whole  or in part.  In case of any such redemption in
          part, the unredeemed  portion  of  the  principal  amount  of the
          Global Note shall be in an authorized denomination.

          Section 3.03.Notice of Redemption.

               Subject  to  the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least
          30 days but not more  than  60 days before a redemption date, the
          Company shall mail or cause to  be mailed, by first class mail, a
          notice  of  redemption  to each Holder  whose  Notes  are  to  be
          redeemed at its registered address.

               The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall
          state:

                    (a)  the redemption date;

                    (b)  the redemption price;

                    (c)  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion
               of the principal amount  of  such  Note  to  be redeemed and
               that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note,
               a  new  Note  or  Notes in a principal amount equal  to  the
               unredeemed portion  shall be issued upon cancellation of the
               original Note;

                    (d)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                    (e)  that  Notes   called   for   redemption   must  be
               surrendered  to  the  Paying Agent to collect the redemption
               price;

                    (f)  that, unless  the  Company defaults in making such
               redemption payment, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
               on Notes called for redemption  cease to accrue on and after
               the redemption date;

                    (g)  the paragraph of the Notes  and/or Section of this
               Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called  for redemption
               are being redeemed; and

                    (h)  that   no   representation  is  made  as  to   the
               correctness or accuracy  of the CUSIP number, if any, listed
               in such notice or printed on the Notes.

               If any of the Notes to be  redeemed  is  in  the  form  of a
          Global  Note,  then  the  Company shall modify such notice to the
          extent necessary to accord  with the procedures of the Depository
          applicable to redemption.

               At the Company's request,  the Trustee shall give the notice
          of redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided,
          however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at
          least 45 days (unless the Company  and  the  Trustee  agree  to a
          shorter  period)  prior  to  the  redemption  date,  an Officers'
          Certificate  requesting  that  the  Trustee give such notice  and
          setting  forth the information to be stated  in  such  notice  as
          provided in the preceding paragraph.

          Section 3.04.Effect of Notice of Redemption.

               Once  notice  of  redemption  is  mailed  in accordance with
          Section   3.03   hereof,  Notes  called  for  redemption   become
          irrevocably  due and  payable  on  the  redemption  date  at  the
          redemption price.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

          Section 3.05.Deposit of Redemption Price.

               One Business  Day  prior to the redemption date, the Company
          shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting
          as its own Paying Agent,  segregate and hold in trust as provided
          in Section 2.04 hereof) money  sufficient  to  pay the redemption
          price of and accrued interest and Liquidated Damages,  if any, on
          all  Notes  to be redeemed on that date.  The Paying Agent  shall
          promptly return  to  the  Company  any  money  deposited with the
          Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to
          pay the redemption price of and accrued interest  and  Liquidated
          Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

               If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
          paragraph,  on  and  after  the  redemption  date,  interest  and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or
          the  portions  of  Notes  called  for  redemption.   If a Note is
          redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or  prior  to
          the  related  interest  payment date, then any accrued and unpaid
          interest and Liquidated Damages,  if  any,  shall  be paid to the
          Person  in  whose name such Note was registered at the  close  of
          business on such  record date.  If any Note called for redemption
          shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the
          failure of the Company  to  comply  with the preceding paragraph,
          interest  shall  be  paid  on  the  unpaid  principal,  from  the
          redemption date until such principal  is  paid, and to the extent
          lawful on any interest and Liquidated Damages,  if  any, not paid
          on  such  unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided  in
          the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

          Section 3.06.Notes Redeemed in Part.

               Upon surrender  of  a  Note  that  is  redeemed in part, the
          Company  shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate  for  the
          Holder at  the  expense  of  the  Company  a  new  Note  equal in
          principal   amount   to   the  unredeemed  portion  of  the  Note
          surrendered.

          Section 3.07.Optional Redemption.

               (a)  Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07,
          the  Company  shall not have  the  option  to  redeem  the  Notes
          pursuant  to  this   Section   3.07   prior  to  August 1,  2001.
          Thereafter,  the  Company shall have the  option  to  redeem  the
          Notes, in whole or  in  part, at the redemption prices (expressed
          as percentages of principal  amount) set forth below plus accrued
          and unpaid interest and Liquidated  Damages,  if any, thereon, to
          the  applicable redemption date, if redeemed during  the  twelve-
          month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

                    Year                                         Percentage

                    2001....................................      104.250%
                    2002 ...................................      102.834%
                    2003 ...................................      101.417%
                    2004 and thereafter.....................      100.000%

               (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of clause (a) of this
          Section 3.07,  the  Company  may  at any time prior  to August 1,
          2001, at its option, redeem the Notes,  in  whole  or in part, at
          the  Make-Whole  Price,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid interest  and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption  date.   In
          addition,  at  any  time  prior to July 17, 2000, the Company may
          redeem  up  to 35% of the aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes
          originally  issued  at  a  redemption  price  of  108.5%  of  the
          principal amount  thereof,  plus  accrued and unpaid interest and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon  to the redemption date, with
          the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified  Equity Offerings,
          provided  that  (i)  at least $65 million in aggregate  principal
          amount  of  Notes  remains   outstanding  immediately  after  the
          occurrence of each such redemption  and (ii) each such redemption
          shall occur within 60 days of the date  of  the  closing  of each
          such Qualified Equity Offering.

               (c)  Any  redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall  be
          made pursuant to  the  provisions of Section 3.01 through Section
          3.06 hereof.

          Section 3.08.Mandatory Redemption.

               Except as set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, the
          Company shall not be required  to  make  mandatory  redemption or
          sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

          Section 3.09.Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

               In  the  event  that,  pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof,  the
          Company shall be required to  commence an offer to all Holders to
          purchase  Notes (an "Asset Sale  Offer"),  it  shall  follow  the
          procedures  specified  below.  For purposes of this Section 3.09,
          any reference herein to  "Notes"  shall  be deemed to include the
          Notes and the Series A/B Notes.

               The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open  for  a  period of 20
          Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to
          the  extent  that  a longer period is required by applicable  law
          (the "Offer Period").  No later than five Business Days after the
          termination  of  the Offer  Period  (the  "Purchase  Date"),  the
          Company shall purchase  the principal amount of Notes required to
          be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the "Offer Amount")
          or, if less than the Offer  Amount  has  been tendered, all Notes
          validly tendered in response to the Asset  Sale  Offer.   Payment
          for  any  Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner  as
          interest payments are made.

               If the  Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date
          and on or before  the  related interest payment date, any accrued
          and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, shall be paid
          to the Person in whose name  a Note is registered at the close of
          business  on such record date,  and  no  additional  interest  or
          Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  shall  be  payable to Holders who
          tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

               Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale  Offer,  the  Company
          shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders,
          with  a  copy  to  the  Trustee.   The  notice  shall contain all
          instructions  and materials necessary to enable such  Holders  to
          tender Notes pursuant  to  the  Asset Sale Offer.  The Asset Sale
          Offer  shall be made to all Holders.   The  notice,  which  shall
          govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

                    (a)  that  the  Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant
               to this Section 3.09 and  Section 4.10 hereof and the length
               of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

                    (b)  the  Offer Amount,  the  purchase  price  and  the
               Purchase Date;

                    (c)  that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment
               shall continue to accrue interest and Liquidated Damages, if
               any;

                    (d)  that,  unless  the Company defaults in making such
               payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset
               Sale Offer shall cease to  accrue  interest  and  Liquidated
               Damages, if any after the Purchase Date;

                    (e)  that  Holders  electing  to  have a Note purchased
               pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may only  elect  to have all
               of  such  Note  purchased  and may not elect to have only  a
               portion of such Note purchased;

                    (f)  that Holders electing  to  have  a  Note purchased
               pursuant  to  any  Asset  Sale  Offer  shall be required  to
               surrender the Note, with the form entitled "Option of Holder
               to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the  Note completed, to
               the  Company or a Paying Agent at the address  specified  in
               the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

                    (g)  that  Holders  shall be entitled to withdraw their
               election if the Company or the Paying Agent, as the case may
               be, receives, not later than  the  expiration  of  the Offer
               Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or  letter
               setting  forth  the name of the Holder, the principal amount
               of  the  Note  the  Holder  delivered  for  purchase  and  a
               statement that such Holder  is  withdrawing  his election to
               have such Note purchased;

                    (h)  that, if the aggregate principal amount  of  Notes
               surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee
               shall  select  the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis
               (with such adjustments  as  may be deemed appropriate by the
               Trustee so that only Notes in  denominations  of  $1,000, or
               integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

                    (i)  that  Holders  whose Notes were purchased only  in
               part shall be issued new Notes  equal in principal amount to
               the  unpurchased  portion  of  the  Notes   surrendered  (or
               transferred by book-entry transfer).

               If any of the Notes subject to an Asset Sale Offer is in the
          form of a Global Note, then the Company shall modify  such notice
          to  the  extent  necessary  to accord with the procedures of  the
          Depository applicable to repurchases.

               On or before the Purchase  Date,  the  Company shall, to the
          extent  lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata  basis  to  the
          extent necessary,  the  Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof
          tendered pursuant to the  Asset  Sale  Offer, or if less than the
          Offer  Amount has been tendered, all Notes  tendered,  and  shall
          deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
          Notes or  portions  thereof  were  accepted  for  payment  by the
          Company  in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.   The
          Company or  the  Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly
          (but in any case not  later  than  five  days  after the Purchase
          Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to
          the  purchase  price  of  the Notes tendered by such  Holder  and
          accepted  by the Company for  purchase,  and  the  Company  shall
          promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
          mail or deliver  such  new  Note  to  such Holder, in a principal
          amount equal to any unpurchased portion  of the Note surrendered.
          Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by
          the  Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company  shall  publicly
          announce  the  results  of  the  Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase
          Date.

               Other than as specifically provided  in  this  Section 3.09,
          any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant
          to the provisions of Section 3.01 through Section 3.06 hereof.

                                      ARTICLE 4
                                      COVENANTS

          Section 4.01.Payment of Notes.

               The  Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal  of
          and premium,  interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if any, on the
          Notes  on  the  dates  and  in the manner provided in the  Notes.
          Principal, premium, interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,
          shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent,  if
          other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00
          a.m. New York time on the due date money deposited by the Company
          in  immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient
          to pay  all  principal, premium, interest and Liquidated Damages,
          if any, then due.

               The Company  shall  pay  interest  (including  post-petition
          interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law)  on  overdue
          principal at the rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes  to
          the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
          interest  in  any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
          installments of  interest and Liquidated Damages, if any (without
          regard to any applicable  grace  period), at the same rate to the
          extent lawful.

          Section 4.02.Maintenance of Office or Agency.

               The Company shall maintain in the City of New York an office
          or agency (which may be an office  of the Trustee or an affiliate
          of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar)  where  Notes  may  be
          surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer  or for exchange and
          where notices and demands to or upon the Company  in  respect  of
          the  Notes  and  this Indenture may be served.  The Company shall
          give prompt written  notice  to  the Trustee of the location, and
          any change in the location, of such  office or agency.  If at any
          time the Company shall fail to maintain  any such required office
          or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee  with  the address
          thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands  may
          be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

               The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
          other  offices  or  agencies  where the Notes may be presented or
          surrendered for any or all such  purposes  and  may  from time to
          time rescind such designations; provided, however, that  no  such
          designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company
          of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the City  of
          New  York  for  such  purposes.   The  Company  shall give prompt
          written  notice  to  the  Trustee  of  any  such  designation  or
          rescission  and of any change in the location of any  such  other
          office or agency.

               The Company  hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of
          the Trustee as one  such  office  or  agency  of  the  Company in
          accordance with Section 2.03.

          Section 4.03.Reports.

               (a)  Whether or not the Company is required to do so  by the
          rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company will file with  the
          SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and, within 15
          days  of  filing,  or  attempting to file, the same with the SEC,
          furnish to the holders of  the Notes (i) all quarterly and annual
          financial and other information  with  respect to the Company and
          its Subsidiaries that would be required  to  be  contained  in  a
          filing  with  the  SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were
          required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion
          and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and  Results of Operations"
          and,  with  respect  to  the annual information  only,  a  report
          thereon by the Company's certified  independent  accountants, and
          (ii) all current reports that would be required to  be filed with
          the  SEC  on  Form 8-K if the Company were required to file  such
          reports.   The  Company  shall  at  all  times  comply  with  TIA
          section 314(a).

               (b)  The Company  and  the  Guarantors  shall furnish to the
          holders  of the Notes, prospective purchasers of  the  Notes  and
          securities analysts, upon their request, the information, if any,
          required to  be  delivered  pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
          Securities Act.

          Section 4.04.Compliance Certificate.

               (a)  The Company shall deliver  to  the  Trustee,  within 90
          days  after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers' Certificate
          stating  that  a  review of the activities of the Company and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been
          made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to
          determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and
          fulfilled  its obligations  under  this  Indenture,  and  further
          stating, as  to  each such Officer signing such certificate, that
          to  the best of his  or  her  knowledge  the  Company  has  kept,
          observed,   performed  and  fulfilled  each  and  every  covenant
          contained in  this  Indenture  and  is  not  in  default  in  the
          performance  or  observance  of  any of the terms, provisions and
          conditions  of this Indenture (or,  if  a  Default  or  Event  of
          Default shall  have  occurred,  describing  all  such Defaults or
          Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge  and what
          action  the  Company  is  taking or proposes to take with respect
          thereto) and that to the best  of  his  or her knowledge no event
          has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments
          on account of the principal of or interest,  if any, on the Notes
          is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the
          event and what action the Company is taking or  proposes  to take
          with respect thereto.

               (b)  So   long   as   not   contrary  to  the  then  current
          recommendations  of the American Institute  of  Certified  Public
          Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant
          to Section 4.03(a)  above  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  written
          statement  of  the  Company's independent public accountants (who
          shall  be  a firm of established  national  reputation)  that  in
          making  the  examination  necessary  for  certification  of  such
          financial statements,  nothing  has  come to their attention that
          would  lead  them to believe that the Company  has  violated  any
          provisions of  Article  4  or  Article 5  hereof  or, if any such
          violation  has  occurred,  specifying  the  nature and period  of
          existence  thereof,  it  being  understood that such  accountants
          shall not be liable directly or indirectly  to any Person for any
          failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

               (c)  The  Company  shall, so long as any of  the  Notes  are
          outstanding, deliver to the  Trustee,  forthwith upon any Officer
          becoming aware of any Default or Event of  Default,  an Officers'
          Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default  and what
          action  the  Company  is  taking or proposes to take with respect
          thereto.

          Section 4.05.Taxes.

               The  Company  shall  pay,   and  shall  cause  each  of  its
          Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency,  all  material  taxes,
          assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested
          in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure
          to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect  to
          the Holders of the Notes.

          Section 4.06.Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

               The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do
          so)  that  it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
          manner whatsoever  claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
          stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
          hereafter  in  force,  that  may  affect  the  covenants  or  the
          performance of this  Indenture;  and  the  Company (to the extent
          that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly  waives  all benefit
          or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by
          resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution  of
          any  power  herein  granted  to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
          permit the execution of every  such  power  as though no such law
          has been enacted.

          Section 4.07.Restricted Payments.

               The  Company  shall  not, and shall not permit  any  of  its
          Restricted Subsidiaries to,  directly  or indirectly, (i) declare
          or pay any dividend or make any other payment  or distribution on
          account  of the Company's or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries'
          Equity Interests  (including,  without limitation, any payment in
          connection  with  any  merger  or  consolidation   involving  the
          Company)  or  to the direct or indirect holders of the  Company's
          Equity Interests  in their capacity as such (other than dividends
          or  distributions  payable   in   Equity  Interests  (other  than
          Disqualified Stock) of the Company);  (ii)  purchase,  redeem  or
          otherwise   acquire   or  retire  for  value  (including  without
          limitation,  in  connection  with  any  merger  or  consolidation
          involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company (other
          than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiary  of  the  Company);  (iii)  make  any
          payment  on  or  with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or
          otherwise acquire  or  retire for value, any Indebtedness that is
          subordinated  to the Notes,  except  a  payment  of  interest  or
          principal  at  Stated  Maturity;  or  (iv)  make  any  Restricted
          Investment (all  such  payments  and  other  actions set forth in
          clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively  referred to as
          "Restricted  Payments"), unless, at the time of and after  giving
          effect to such Restricted Payment:

                    (a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
               and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

                    (b)  the  Company would, at the time of such Restricted
               Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
               Restricted Payment  had  been  made  at the beginning of the
               applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur
               at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness  pursuant  to  the
               Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  test  set  forth in
               Section 4.09 hereof; and

                    (c)  such   Restricted   Payment,   together  with  the
               aggregate  amount of all other Restricted Payments  made  by
               the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Series
               A/B Issue Date  (excluding  Restricted Payments permitted by
               clauses  (b),  (c),  (d)  and (f),  but  including,  without
               duplication, Restricted Payments  permitted  by  clauses (a)
               and (e), of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the
               sum of (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company
               for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1,
               1997 to the end of the Company's most recently ended  fiscal
               quarter   for   which   internal  financial  statements  are
               available at the time of  such  Restricted  Payment  (or, if
               such  Consolidated  Net Income for such period is a deficit,
               less 100% of such deficit),  plus  (B) 100% of the aggregate
               net cash proceeds received by the Company  from the issue or
               sale since the Series A/B Issue Date of Equity  Interests of
               the   Company   (other   than   Disqualified  Stock)  or  of
               Disqualified Stock or debt securities  of  the  Company that
               have  been converted into such Equity Interests (other  than
               any such Equity Interests, Disqualified Stock or convertible
               debt securities  sold  to  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
               Company  and  other  than  Disqualified Stock or convertible
               debt securities that have been  converted  into Disqualified
               Stock),   plus   (C)  to  the  extent  that  any  Restricted
               Investment that was  made after the Series A/B Issue Date is
               or was sold for cash or  otherwise  liquidated or repaid for
               cash,  the  lesser of (1) the cash return  of  capital  with
               respect to such  Restricted  Investment  (less  the  cost of
               disposition,  if  any)  and  (2)  the initial amount of such
               Restricted  Investment,  plus  (D) in  the  event  that  any
               Unrestricted  Subsidiary  is redesignated  as  a  Restricted
               Subsidiary, the lesser of (1)  an  amount  equal to the fair
               value  of  the  Company's  Investments  in  such  Restricted
               Subsidiary  and  (2)  the  amount  of Restricted Investments
               previously   made   by   the  Company  and  its   Restricted
               Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted  Subsidiary, plus (E) $5.0
               million.

               The foregoing provisions will not prohibit  (a)  the payment
          of  any  dividend  within  60  days after the date of declaration
          thereof, if at said date of declaration  such  payment would have
          complied with the provisions of this Indenture and the Series A/B
          Indenture; (b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance
          or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness  or  Equity
          Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net  cash
          proceeds  of  the  substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
          Subsidiary of the Company)  of,  other  Equity  Interests  of the
          Company  (other  than  any Disqualified Stock), provided that the
          amount of any such net cash  proceeds  that  are utilized for any
          such  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement, defeasance  or  other
          acquisition  shall  be  excluded  from  clause  (iii)(B)  of  the
          preceding paragraph; (c) the defeasance,  redemption, repurchase,
          retirement or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness with
          the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of,  or in exchange for,
          Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness;  (d)  the  payment  of  any
          dividend  or  distribution  by  a  Restricted Subsidiary  of  the
          Company  to  the to the Company or any  Wholly  Owned  Restricted
          Subsidiary; (e) so  long  as no Default or Event of Default shall
          have occurred and be continuing,  the  repurchase,  redemption or
          other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests
          of the Company held by any employee of the Company's  or  any  of
          its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  provided that the aggregate price
          paid  for  all such repurchased, redeemed,  acquired  or  retired
          Equity Interests  shall not exceed $500,000 in any calendar year;
          and (f) the acquisition  of  Equity  Interests  of the Company in
          connection   with   the  exercise  of  stock  options  or   stock
          appreciation rights by  way of cashless exercise or in connection
          with the satisfaction of withholding tax obligations.

               The  Board  of  Directors   may   designate  any  Restricted
          Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary  if  such designation
          would  not  cause  a  Default.   For  purposes  of  making   such
          determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash)  in
          the  Subsidiary  so  designated  shall be deemed to be Restricted
          Payments at the time of such designation.  All  such  outstanding
          Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount
          equal  to  the  greater  of  (a)  the  net  book  value  of  such
          Investments  at  the  time  of  such designation and (b) the fair
          market value of such Investments at the time of such designation.
          Such  designation  shall  only be permitted  if  such  Restricted
          Payment would be permitted  at  such  time and if such Restricted
          Subsidiary  otherwise  meets the definition  of  an  Unrestricted
          Subsidiary.

               The Board of Directors  of  the  Company  may  at  any  time
          designate   any   Unrestricted  Subsidiary  to  be  a  Restricted
          Subsidiary, provided  that such designation shall be deemed to be
          an incurrence of Indebtedness  by  a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Company  of  any outstanding Indebtedness  of  such  Unrestricted
          Subsidiary and  such  designation  shall only be permitted if (a)
          such  Indebtedness  is  permitted  under   Section  4.09  hereof,
          calculated  on  a  pro  forma  basis  as if such designation  had
          occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter  reference  period,
          and  (b)  no  Default  or  Event of Default would be in existence
          following such designation.

               Any  designation  of  a  Subsidiary   as   an   Unrestricted
          Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing  with  the
          Trustee  a  certified  copy  of  a  resolution  of  the  Board of
          Directors  giving  effect  to  such  designation and an Officers'
          Certificate certifying that such designation  complied  with  the
          terms  of  the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary set forth in
          this Indenture and with this Section 4.07.

               The amount  of  all  Restricted  Payments  (other than cash)
          shall  be  the  fair  market value on the date of the  Restricted
          Payment of the asset(s)  or securities proposed to be transferred
          or issued by the Company or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary, as the
          case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.  The fair market
          value  of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined  in
          the manner  contemplated  by  the  definition  of  the term "fair
          market  value,"  and the results of such determination  shall  be
          evidenced by an Officers'  Certificate  delivered to the Trustee.
          Not  later  than the date of making any Restricted  Payment,  the
          Company shall  deliver  to  the  Trustee an Officers' Certificate
          stating that such Restricted Payment  is  permitted  and  setting
          forth  the  basis  upon  which  the calculations required by this
          Section 4.07 were computed.

          Section  4.08.Dividend and Other Payment  Restrictions  Affecting
                    Subsidiaries.

               The Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not  permit any of its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, directly or indirectly,  create  or
          otherwise  cause  or suffer to  exist  or  become  effective  any
          encumbrance or restriction  on  the  ability  of  any  Restricted
          Subsidiary   to   (a)(i)   pay   dividends   or  make  any  other
          distributions   to   the   Company   or  any  of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with  respect  to  any other
          interest  or  participation  in, or measured by, its profits,  or
          (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed  to  the  Company  or  any  of its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (b)  make  loans  or  advances  to the
          Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) transfer any
          of  its  properties  or  assets  to  the  Company  or  any of its
          Restricted   Subsidiaries,   except   for  such  encumbrances  or
          restrictions  existing  under  or by reason  of  (1)  the  Credit
          Facility or Existing Indebtedness,  each  as  in  effect  on  the
          Series  A/B Issue Date, (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Series
          A/B Indenture  and  the Series A/B Notes, (3) applicable law, (4)
          any instrument governing  Indebtedness  or  Capital  Stock  of  a
          Person   acquired  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except
          to the extent  such  Indebtedness was incurred in connection with
          or in contemplation of  such  acquisition),  which encumbrance or
          restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
          assets of any Person, other than the Person, or  the  property or
          assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the  case of
          Indebtedness,  such  Indebtedness  was permitted by the terms  of
          this Indenture to be incurred, (5) by  reason  of  customary non-
          assignment  provisions  in  leases  entered into in the  ordinary
          course  of  business  and  consistent with  past  practices,  (6)
          purchase money obligations for  property acquired in the ordinary
          course  of  business  that  impose  restrictions  of  the  nature
          described in clause (c) above on the  property  so  acquired, (7)
          customary  provisions  in  bona  fide  contracts for the sale  of
          property or assets or (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with
          respect to any Indebtedness referred to  in  clauses  (1) and (2)
          above, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements
          governing   such   Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  are  not
          materially  more  restrictive,  taken  as  a  whole,  than  those
          contained  in the agreements  governing  the  Indebtedness  being
          refinanced.

          Section 4.09.Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
                    Stock.

               The Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not  permit any of its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or  indirectly,  create,
          incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become  directly  or
          indirectly  liable,  contingently  or  otherwise, with respect to
          (collectively, "incur" or an "incurrence")  any  Indebtedness and
          that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock  and  will
          not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares
          of  preferred  stock; provided, however, that the Company and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries  may  incur Indebtedness, and the Company
          may  issue  Disqualified  Stock,  if  the  Consolidated  Interest
          Coverage Ratio for the Company's most  recently  ended  four full
          fiscal  quarters  for  which  internal  financial  statements are
          available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
          Indebtedness  is  incurred or such Disqualified Stock  is  issued
          would have been at  least  2.25  to  1, determined on a pro forma
          basis  (including a pro forma application  of  the  net  proceeds
          therefrom),  as  if  the  additional Indebtedness or Disqualified
          Stock had been issued or incurred  at the beginning of such four-
          quarter period.

               The foregoing provisions shall not apply to:

                    (a)  the incurrence by the  Company  and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Credit Facility in an
               aggregate principal amount at any one time  outstanding  not
               to  exceed  $65.0 million, plus any fees, premiums, expenses
               (including costs  of  collection),  indemnities  and similar
               amounts  payable  in connection with such Indebtedness,  and
               less  any  amounts repaid  permanently  in  accordance  with
               Section 4.10;

                    (b)  the  incurrence  by the Company and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

                    (c)  the incurrence by  the  Company and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations;

                    (d)  the incurrence by the Company  and  its Restricted
               Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the  Notes,  the
               Subsidiary Guarantees, this Indenture, the Series A/B Notes,
               the  Series  A/B  Subsidiary  Guarantees, and the Series A/B
               Indenture;

                    (e)  the   incurrence   of  intercompany   Indebtedness
               between or among the Company and  any  of  its  Wholly Owned
               Restricted   Subsidiaries,   provided  that  any  subsequent
               issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any
               such Indebtedness being held by  a  Person  other  than  the
               Company  or  a  Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary of the
               Company,  or  any  sale  or  other  transfer  of  any   such
               Indebtedness  to a Person that is neither the Company nor  a
               Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company, shall be
               deemed to constitute an incurrence  of  such Indebtedness by
               the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,  as  the case may
               be;

                    (f)  Indebtedness  in  respect  of bid, performance  or
               surety bonds issued for the account of  the  Company  or any
               Restricted  Subsidiary  thereof  in  the  ordinary course of
               business, including guarantees or obligations of the Company
               or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof with respect to letters
               of  credit  supporting  such  bid,  performance   or  surety
               obligations  (in each case other than for an obligation  for
               money borrowed); and

                    (g)  the  incurrence  by  the  Company  or  any  of its
               Restricted    Subsidiaries    of    Permitted    Refinancing
               Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds  of  which
               are  used  to  extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
               refund Indebtedness  that was permitted by this Indenture to
               be incurred (other than  pursuant  to  clause  (a) or (e) of
               this Section 4.09).

               In  the event that the incurrence of any Indebtedness  would
          be permitted  by  the  first  paragraph set forth above or one or
          more of the provisions set forth  in  the second paragraph above,
          the  Company  may  designate  (in  the  form   of   an  Officers'
          Certificate delivered to the Trustee) the particular provision of
          this   Indenture   pursuant   to   which  it  is  incurring  such
          Indebtedness.

          Section 4.10.Asset Sales.

               The  Company shall not, and shall  not  permit  any  of  its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries  to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (a)
          the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary,  as  the case may be,
          receives  consideration at the time of such Asset Sale  at  least
          equal to the  fair market value (as determined in accordance with
          the definition  of  such term, the results of which determination
          shall be set forth in  an  Officers' Certificate delivered to the
          Trustee) of the assets or Equity  Interests  issued  or  sold  or
          otherwise  disposed  of and (b) at least 75% of the consideration
          therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is
          in the form of cash or  Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that
          the amount of (i) any liabilities  (as  shown on the Company's or
          such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent  balance  sheet)  of the
          Company  or  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  (other than contingent
          liabilities and liabilities that are by their  terms subordinated
          to the Notes or any guarantee thereof) that are  assumed  by  the
          transferee  of  any  such assets pursuant to a customary novation
          agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
          from further liability  and  (ii)  any securities, notes or other
          obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
          from  such  transferee  that  are immediately  converted  by  the
          Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of
          the cash received) shall be deemed  to  be  cash  for purposes of
          this Section 4.10.

               Within  365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds  from
          an Asset Sale,  the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary may
          apply such Net Proceeds to (a) permanently repay the principal of
          any secured Indebtedness  (to the extent of the fair value of the
          assets securing such Indebtedness,  as determined by the Board of
          Directors) or (b) to acquire (including  by  way of a purchase of
          assets  or stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise)  Productive
          Assets.    (Any  such  Net  Proceeds  that  are  applied  to  the
          acquisition   of   Productive  Assets  pursuant  to  any  binding
          agreement to construct  any  new  marine  vessel  useful  in  the
          business  of  the  Company  or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          shall be deemed to have been applied for such purpose within such
          365-day period so long as they are so applied within 18 months of
          the effective date of such agreement  but no later than two years
          after  the  date of receipt of such Net Proceeds.)   Pending  the
          final application  of  any  such Net Proceeds, the Company or any
          such  Restricted Subsidiary may  temporarily  reduce  outstanding
          revolving  credit  borrowings,  including  borrowings  under  the
          Credit  Facility,  or  otherwise  invest such Net Proceeds in any
          manner that is not prohibited by this  Indenture  and  the Series
          A/B  Indenture.  Any  Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are  not
          applied or invested as  provided  in  the  first sentence of this
          paragraph  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute  "Excess  Proceeds."
          Within  30  days  of each date on which the aggregate  amount  of
          Excess Proceeds exceeds  $5.0 million, the Company shall commence
          a pro rata Asset Sale Offer  pursuant  to  Section 3.09 hereof to
          purchase  the  maximum  principal  amount of Notes  that  may  be
          purchased out of Excess Proceeds at  an offer price in cash in an
          amount  equal  to  100%  of the principal  amount  thereof,  plus
          accrued  and unpaid interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,
          thereon,  to  the  date  of  purchase,  in  accordance  with  the
          procedures  set  forth in Section 3.09 hereof; provided, however,
          that, if the Company is required to apply such Excess Proceeds to
          repurchase,  or  to   offer   to   repurchase,   any  Pari  Passu
          Indebtedness,  the  Company  shall only be required to  offer  to
          repurchase the maximum principal  amount  of  Notes  that  may be
          purchased out of the amount of such Excess Proceeds multiplied by
          a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the aggregate principal
          amount of Notes outstanding and  the  denominator of which is the
          aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes  outstanding   plus   the
          aggregate   principal   amount   of   Pari   Passu   Indebtedness
          outstanding.  To  the  extent that the aggregate amount of  Notes
          tendered pursuant to an  Asset Sale Offer is less than the amount
          that the Company is required  to  repurchase, the Company may use
          any remaining Excess Proceeds for general  corporate purposes. If
          the  aggregate  amount  of Notes surrendered by  holders  thereof
          exceeds the amount that the  Company  is  required to repurchase,
          the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased  on a pro rata
          basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate  by the
          Trustee  so  that  only  Notes  in  denominations  of  $1,000, or
          integral  multiples thereof, shall be purchased). Upon completion
          of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be
          reset  at  zero.   For  purposes  of  this  paragraph  only,  any
          reference herein  to "Notes" shall be deemed to include the Notes
          and the Series A/B Notes.

          Section 4.11.Transactions with Affiliates.

               The Company shall  not,  and  shall  not  permit  any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell,  lease,
          transfer  or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets
          to, or purchase  any  property  or  assets from, or enter into or
          make    or   amend   any   transaction,   contract,    agreement,
          understanding,  loan,  advance  or  guarantee  with,  or  for the
          benefit  of,  any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate
          Transaction"),  unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms
          that  are no less  favorable  to  the  Company  or  the  relevant
          Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in
          a comparable  transaction  by  the  Company  or  such  Restricted
          Subsidiary  with  an  unrelated  Person  or,  if there is no such
          comparable transaction, on terms that are fair  and reasonable to
          the  Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (b)  the  Company
          delivers  to  the  Trustee  (i)  with  respect  to  any Affiliate
          Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
          aggregate  consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a  resolution
          of the Board  of  Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate
          certifying that such  Affiliate  Transaction complies with clause
          (a) above and that such Affiliate  Transaction  has been approved
          by  a  majority  of  the  disinterested members of the  Board  of
          Directors and (ii) with respect  to  any Affiliate Transaction or
          series  of  related  Affiliate Transactions  involving  aggregate
          consideration in excess  of  $5.0  million,  other  than any such
          transactions  with  a   joint venture engaged in the business  of
          providing marine support  vessels and related services to the oil
          and gas industry (or a business  that is reasonably complementary
          or related thereto as determined in  good  faith  by the Board of
          Directors), an opinion as to the fairness to the Company  or  the
          relevant   Subsidiary   of  such  Affiliate  Transaction  from  a
          financial point of view issued  by  an  accounting,  appraisal or
          investment banking firm that is, in the judgment of the  Board of
          Directors,  qualified  to  render such opinion and is independent
          with  respect  to  the  Company;   provided,  however,  that  the
          following shall be deemed not to be  Affiliate  Transactions: (A)
          any employment agreement or other employee compensation  plan  or
          arrangement  entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
          Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
          such Restricted Subsidiary; (B) transactions between or among the
          Company   and  its   Restricted   Subsidiaries;   (C)   Permitted
          Investments  and  Restricted  Payments  that are permitted by the
          provisions of this Indenture; (D) loans or  advances to officers,
          directors  and  employees  of  the  Company  or  any   Restricted
          Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business and consistent
          with   past   practices   of   the  Company  and  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries  in  an  aggregate amount  not  to  exceed  $500,000
          outstanding  at  any  one  time;  (E)  indemnities  of  officers,
          directors  and  employees   of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
          Subsidiary permitted by bylaw  or  statutory  provisions; and (F)
          the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors
          of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  who are not
          employees of the Company or any Affiliate.

          Section 4.12.Liens.

               The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall not permit any of  its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  directly  or  indirectly,  create,
          incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien  on any asset now owned
          or  hereafter  acquired,  or any income or profits  therefrom  or
          assign or convey any right  to  receive  income therefrom, except
          Permitted Liens, to secure (a) any Indebtedness of the Company or
          such  Restricted  Subsidiary  (if  it is not also  a  Guarantor),
          unless prior to, or contemporaneously  therewith,  the  Notes are
          equally  and  ratably  secured,  or  (b)  any Indebtedness of any
          Guarantor, unless prior to, or contemporaneously  therewith,  the
          Subsidiary  Guarantees are equally and ratably secured; provided,
          however, that  if  such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to
          the Notes or the Subsidiary  Guarantees,  the  Lien securing such
          Indebtedness will be subordinated and junior to the Lien securing
          the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as the case  may be, with
          the same relative priority as such Indebtedness has with  respect
          to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

          Section 4.13.Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

               (a) If  the  Company  or  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
          shall, after the Series A/B Issue Date, acquire or create another
          Significant Subsidiary, or (b) if,  after such date, a Restricted
          Subsidiary shall provide a guarantee under the Credit Facility or
          incur  any  Funded  Indebtedness,  then such  newly  acquired  or
          created Significant Subsidiary or such  Subsidiary  described  in
          clause (b) above shall execute a Subsidiary Guarantee and deliver
          an  Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate in accordance
          with the terms of Section 10.02 of this Indenture.

          Section 4.14.Corporate Existence.

               Subject  to  Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause
          to be done all things  necessary  to  preserve  and  keep in full
          force  and  effect  its  corporate  existence, and the corporate,
          partnership  or  other  existence  of  each   of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries,  in  accordance with the respective  organizational
          documents (as the same  may  be amended from time to time) of the
          Company  or any such Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided,  however,
          that the Company  shall not be required to preserve the existence
          of any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors
          shall  determine  that  the preservation  thereof  is  no  longer
          desirable in the conduct  of  the business of the Company and its
          Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          Section 4.15.Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

               (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company
          shall make an offer (a "Change  of  Control Offer") to repurchase
          all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof)
          of each Holder's Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of
          the aggregate principal amount thereof,  plus  accrued and unpaid
          interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon  to  the date of
          repurchase  (the  "Change  of Control Payment").  Within 30  days
          following a Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to
          each Holder and the Trustee  stating:  (1)  that  the  Change  of
          Control  Offer  is  being  made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and
          that  all  Notes  validly tendered  and  not  withdrawn  will  be
          accepted for payment;  (2)  the  purchase  price and the purchase
          date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days but no later than 60
          days from the date such notice is mailed (the  "Change of Control
          Payment Date"); (3) that any Note not tendered will  continue  to
          accrue  interest and Liquidated Damages, if any; (4) that, unless
          the Company  defaults  in  the  payment  of the Change of Control
          Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of
          Control  Offer  shall  cease  to accrue interest  and  Liquidated
          Damages, if any, after the Change  of  Control  Payment Date; (5)
          that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased  pursuant  to a
          Change  of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes,
          properly  endorsed  for transfer, together with the form entitled
          "Option of Holder to  Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes
          completed  and  such  customary  documents  as  the  Company  may
          reasonably request, to  the Paying Agent at the address specified
          in  the  notice prior to the  close  of  business  on  the  third
          Business Day  preceding  the  Change of Control Payment Date; (6)
          that Holders will be entitled to  withdraw  their election if the
          Paying Agent receives, not later than the close  of  business  on
          the  second  Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment
          Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
          forth the name  of  the  Holder,  the  principal  amount of Notes
          delivered  for  purchase,  and  a  statement that such Holder  is
          withdrawing his election to have the  Notes  purchased;  and  (7)
          that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be
          issued  new  Notes  equal  in principal amount to the unpurchased
          portion of the Notes surrendered,  which unpurchased portion must
          be equal to $1,000 in principal amount  or  an  integral multiple
          thereof.   If  any  of the Notes subject to a Change  of  Control
          Offer is in the form  of  a  Global  Note, then the Company shall
          modify such notice to the extent necessary  to  accord  with  the
          procedures of the Depository applicable to repurchases.  Further,
          the  Company  shall  comply  with  the requirements of Rule 14e-1
          under  the  Exchange  Act  and  any  other  securities  laws  and
          regulations thereunder to the extent such  laws  and  regulations
          are  applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes  as  a
          result of a Change of Control.

               (b)  On  or before 10:00 a.m. New York time on the Change of
          Control Payment  Date,  the  Company shall, to the extent lawful,
          (a) accept for payment all Notes  or  portions  thereof  properly
          tendered  pursuant  to  the  Change of Control Offer, (b) deposit
          with the Paying Agent an amount  equal  to  the Change of Control
          Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof  so  tendered
          and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes
          so  accepted  together with an Officers' Certificate stating  the
          aggregate principal  amount  of  Notes  or portions thereof being
          purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to
          each holder of Notes so tendered the Change  of  Control  Payment
          for  such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate  and
          mail (or  cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a
          new Note equal  in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
          the Notes surrendered,  if any; provided, however, that each such
          new Note will be in a principal  amount  of $1,000 or an integral
          multiple thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results
          of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after
          the Change of Control Payment Date.

               (c)  The Change of Control provisions  described above shall
          be  applicable  whether  or  nor  any  other provisions  of  this
          Indenture are applicable.

               (d)  The Company shall not be required  to  make a Change of
          Control  Offer  following  a  Change of Control if a third  party
          makes the Change of Control  Offer in the manner, at the time and
          otherwise in compliance with the  requirements  set forth in this
          Indenture  applicable to a Change of Control Offer  made  by  the
          Company  and   purchases  all  Notes  validly  tendered  and  not
          withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

          Section 4.16.Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly Owned
                    Restricted Subsidiaries.

               The Company  (i) shall  not, and shall not permit any Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company to, transfer, convey,
          sell, or otherwise dispose of any  Capital  Stock  of  any Wholly
          Owned  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person  (other
          than the  Company  or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Company), unless (a) such  transfer,  conveyance,  sale, or other
          disposition  is  of  all  the Capital Stock of such Wholly  Owned
          Restricted  Subsidiary  and  (b) the   Net   Proceeds  from  such
          transfer, conveyance, sale, or other disposition  are  applied in
          accordance  with  Section 4.10 hereof, and (ii) shall not  permit
          any Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary  of  the Company to issue
          any  of  its  Equity Interests to any Person other  than  to  the
          Company or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
          except,  in the case of both clauses  (i) and  (ii)  above,  with
          respect to  (1) dispositions  or  issuances  by  a  Wholly  Owned
          Restricted  Subsidiary  of the Company as contemplated in clauses
          (a)  and  (b)  of  the definition  of  "Wholly  Owned  Restricted
          Subsidiary" or (2) other  dispositions  or issuances of up to 35%
          of  the  outstanding Capital Stock of a Wholly  Owned  Restricted
          Subsidiary  of the Company, provided that, after giving pro forma
          effect thereto,  the  Investment  of  the  Company and its Wholly
          Owned Restricted Subsidiaries in all Restricted Subsidiaries that
          are  not  Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries  of  the  Company,
          determined  on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, does
          not  exceed 15%  of  Consolidated  Net  Tangible  Assets  of  the
          Company.

          Section 4.17.Sale-and-leaseback Transactions.

               The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not permit any of its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,  enter  into any sale-and-leaseback
          transaction;  provided,  however,  that  the   Company   or   any
          Restricted  Subsidiary, as applicable, may enter into a sale-and-
          leaseback transaction  if  (i)  the  Company  or  such Restricted
          Subsidiary  could  have  (a) incurred Indebtedness in  an  amount
          equal to the Attributable Indebtedness relating to such sale-and-
          leaseback  transaction  pursuant  to  the  Consolidated  Interest
          Coverage Ratio test set forth  in  the first paragraph of Section
          4.09 hereof and (b) incurred a Lien  to  secure such Indebtedness
          pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof, (ii) the  gross cash proceeds of
          such  sale-and-leaseback transaction are at least  equal  to  the
          fair  market   value   (as  determined  in  accordance  with  the
          definition of such term, the results of which determination shall
          be  set  forth  in  an Officers'  Certificate  delivered  to  the
          Trustee) of the property  that  is  the subject of such sale-and-
          leaseback transaction and (iii) the transfer  of  assets  in such
          sale-and-leaseback  transaction  is permitted by, and the Company
          applies  the  proceeds of such transaction  in  compliance  with,
          Section 4.10 hereof.

          Section 4.18.No Inducements.

               The Company  shall not, and the Company shall not permit any
          of its Subsidiaries,  either  directly  or indirectly, to pay (or
          cause to be paid) any consideration, whether  by way of interest,
          fee  or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement  to  any
          consent,   waiver,  amendment  or  supplement  of  any  terms  or
          provisions  of   this   Indenture   or  the  Notes,  unless  such
          consideration is offered to be paid (or agreed to be paid) to all
          Holders which so consent, waive or agree  to  amend or supplement
          in the time frame set forth on solicitation documents relating to
          such consent, waiver or agreement.

                                      ARTICLE 5
                                      SUCCESSORS

          Section 5.01.Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.

               The  Company  shall not consolidate or merge  with  or  into
          (whether or not the  Company  is  the  surviving corporation), or
          sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all
          or substantially all of its properties or  assets  in one or more
          related transactions, to another Person unless (a) the Company is
          the  surviving  corporation or the Person formed by or  surviving
          any such consolidation  or  merger (if other than the Company) or
          to which such sale, assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or
          other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized
          or  existing  under  the  laws  of  the United States, any  state
          thereof or the District of Columbia,  (b) the Person formed by or
          surviving any such consolidation or merger  (if  other  than  the
          Company)  or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
          lease, conveyance  or  other  disposition  shall  have  been made
          assumes  all  the obligations of the Company under the Notes  and
          this Indenture  pursuant  to  a  supplemental indenture in a form
          reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee,  (c)  immediately  after
          such transaction  no  Default  or Event of Default exists and (d)
          except in the case of a merger of  the  Company  with  or  into a
          Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or
          the  Person  formed  by  or  surviving  any such consolidation or
          merger  (if  other  than  the Company), or to  which  such  sale,
          assignment,  transfer, lease,  conveyance  or  other  disposition
          shall  have been  made  (A)  will  have  Consolidated  Net  Worth
          immediately  after  the  transaction equal to or greater than the
          Consolidated Net Worth of  the  Company immediately preceding the
          transaction and (B) will, at the  time  of  such  transaction and
          after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction  had
          occurred  at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
          be permitted  to  incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
          pursuant to the Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  test set
          forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

               In  connection with any consolidation, merger or disposition
          contemplated  by  this  provision,  the Company shall deliver, or
          cause  to be delivered, to the Trustee,  in  form  and  substance
          reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate
          and an Opinion  of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation,
          merger or disposition  and  the supplemental indenture in respect
          thereto  comply  with  this provision  and  that  all  conditions
          precedent  in  the  Indenture   provided  for  relating  to  such
          transaction or transactions have been complied with.

          Section 5.02.Successor Corporation Substituted.

               Upon any consolidation or merger,  or  any sale, assignment,
          transfer,  lease,  conveyance  or  other disposition  of  all  or
          substantially all of the properties  or  assets of the Company in
          accordance  with  Section 5.01 hereof, the successor  corporation
          formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is
          merged  or  to which  such  sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease,
          conveyance or  other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be
          substituted for  (so  that  from  and  after  the  date  of  such
          consolidation,   merger,   sale,   assignment,  transfer,  lease,
          conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture
          referring to the "Company" shall refer  instead  to the successor
          corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right
          and  power  of  the  Company under this Indenture with  the  same
          effect as if such successor  corporation  had  been  named as the
          Company  herein; provided, however, that the predecessor  Company
          shall not  be  relieved from its obligations under this Indenture
          or the Notes in the case of any such lease.

                                      ARTICLE 6
                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          Section 6.01.Events of Default.

               An "Event of Default" occurs if:

                    (a)  the  Company  defaults  in the payment when due of
               interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to,
               the Notes, and such default continues  for  a  period  of 30
               days;

                    (b)  the  Company  defaults  in the payment when due of
               principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

                    (c)  the  Company  fails  to comply  with  any  of  the
               provisions of Section 4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 hereof;

                    (d)  the Company fails to observe  or perform any other
               covenant or other agreement in this Indenture  or  the Notes
               for  60  days after notice to the Company by the Trustee  or
               the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes
               then outstanding of such failure;

                    (e)  a  default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or
               instrument under which there may be issued or by which there
               may be secured  or  evidenced  any  Indebtedness  for  money
               borrowed   by   the   Company   or  any  of  its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries (or the payment of which  is  guaranteed by the
               Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such
               Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or was  created  after
               the Series A/B Issue Date, which default (i) is caused by  a
               failure  to  pay principal of or premium or interest on such
               Indebtedness prior  to  the  expiration  of any grace period
               provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment  Default") or (ii)
               results  in the acceleration of such Indebtedness  prior  to
               its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount
               of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount
               of any other  such Indebtedness under which there has been a
               Payment Default  or  the  maturity  of  which  has  been  so
               accelerated,  aggregates $5.0 million or more; and provided,
               further, that if such default is cured or waived or any such
               acceleration rescinded,  or  such  Indebtedness  is  repaid,
               within  a  period  of  10 days from the continuation of such
               default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence
               of such acceleration, as  the  case  may  be,  an  Event  of
               Default  and  any  consequential  acceleration  of the Notes
               shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission
               does not conflict with such judgment or decree;

                    (f)  a  final  judgment  or  final  judgments  for  the
               payment  of  money  are  entered  by  a  court  or courts of
               competent  jurisdiction  against the Company or any  of  its
               Restricted Subsidiaries  and  such judgment or judgments are
               not paid or discharged for a period  (during which execution
               shall not be effectively stayed) of 60  days,  provided that
               the  aggregate  of  all such undischarged judgments  exceeds
               $5.0 million;

                    (g)  the  failure  of  any  Guarantor  to  perform  any
               covenant  set forth  in  its  Subsidiary  Guarantee  or  the
               repudiation  by  any  Guarantor of its obligations under its
               Subsidiary  Guarantee  or   the   unenforceability   of  any
               Subsidiary Guarantee for any reason;

                    (h)  the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to or within
               the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

                         (i)  commences a voluntary case,

                         (ii) consents  to the entry of an order for relief
                    against it in an involuntary case,

                         (iii)consents to the appointment of a Custodian of
                    it or for all or substantially all of its property,

                         (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of
                    its creditors, or

                         (v)  generally is  not  paying  its  debts as they
                    become due; or

                    (i)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters  an order
               or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                              (i)  is for relief against the Company or any
                         Guarantor in an involuntary case;

                              (ii) appoints  a Custodian of the Company  or
                         any Guarantor or for  all  or substantially all of
                         the property of the Company or any Guarantor; or

                              (iii)orders the liquidation of the Company or
                         any Guarantor;

               and the order or decree remains unstayed  and  in effect for
               60 consecutive days.

          Section 6.02.Acceleration.

               If  any  Event  of  Default  occurs  and is continuing,  the
          Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
          then outstanding Notes may declare all the  Notes  to  be due and
          payable immediately.  Upon any such declaration, the Notes  shall
          become   due   and   payable  immediately.   Notwithstanding  the
          foregoing, if an Event  of Default specified in clause (h) or (i)
          of Section 6.01 hereof occurs  with respect to the Company or any
          Guarantor,  all  outstanding  Notes  shall  be  due  and  payable
          immediately without further action  or  notice.  The Holders of a
          majority  in principal amount of the then  outstanding  Notes  by
          written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders
          rescind an  acceleration  and  its consequences if the rescission
          would  not  conflict  with any judgment  or  decree  and  if  all
          existing  Events  of Default  (except  nonpayment  of  principal,
          interest, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, that have become
          due solely because  of  the  acceleration)  have  been  cured  or
          waived.

               If  an  Event  of  Default  occurs  by reason of any willful
          action (or inaction) taken (or not taken)  by or on behalf of the
          Company  with the intention of avoiding payment  of  the  premium
          that the Company  would  have  had to pay if the Company then had
          elected  to redeem the Notes pursuant  to  Section  3.07  hereof,
          then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall
          also become  and  be  immediately  due and payable, to the extent
          permitted by law, anything in this Indenture  or  in the Notes to
          the contrary notwithstanding.

          Section 6.03.Other Remedies.

               If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
          may  pursue  any  available  remedy  to  collect  the payment  of
          principal  of  and  premium, interest and Liquidated Damages,  if
          any, on the Notes or  to enforce the performance of any provision
          of the Notes or this Indenture.

               The Trustee may maintain  a  proceeding  even if it does not
          possess any of the Notes or does not produce any  of  them in the
          proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any  Holder of
          a  Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an  Event
          of Default  shall  not impair the right or remedy or constitute a
          waiver of or acquiescence  in the Event of Default.  All remedies
          are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

          Section 6.04.Waiver of Past Defaults.

               Holders  of  a majority in  principal  amount  of  the  then
          outstanding Notes by  notice  to the Trustee may on behalf of the
          Holders of all of the Notes waive  any  existing Default or Event
          of Default and its consequences hereunder,  except  a  continuing
          Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or
          premium,  interest  or  Liquidated Damages, if any, on the  Notes
          (including in connection  with  an  offer to purchase).  Upon any
          such waiver, such Default shall cease  to exist, and any Event of
          Default arising therefrom shall be deemed  to have been cured for
          every purpose of this Indenture; but no such  waiver shall extend
          to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent
          thereon.

               Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of its Subsidiaries  shall,
          directly   or   indirectly,  pay  or  cause  to   be   paid   any
          consideration, whether  by  way of interest, fee or otherwise, to
          any holder of any Notes for or  as  an inducement to any consent,
          waiver or amendment of any terms or provisions  of  the Indenture
          or the Notes, unless such consideration is offered to  be paid or
          agreed  to  be paid to all holders of the Notes which so consent,
          waive  or  agree  to  amend  in  the  time  frame  set  forth  in
          solicitation  documents  relating  to  such  consent,  waiver  or
          agreement.

          Section 6.05.Control by Majority.

               Holders  of  a  majority  in  principal  amount  of the then
          outstanding  Notes  may  direct  the  time,  method and place  of
          conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy  available to
          the  Trustee  or exercising any trust or power conferred  on  it.
          However, the Trustee  may  refuse  to  follow  any direction that
          conflicts  with  law  or  this  Indenture  or  that  the  Trustee
          determines  may  be  unduly  prejudicial  to the rights of  other
          Holders  of  Notes  or that may involve the Trustee  in  personal
          liability.

          Section 6.06.Limitation on Suits.

               A Holder of a Note  may pursue a remedy with respect to this
          Indenture or the Notes only if:

                    (a)  the Holder  of a Note gives to the Trustee written
               notice of a continuing Event of Default;

                    (b)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
               the then outstanding Notes  make  a  written  request to the
               Trustee to pursue the remedy;

                    (c)  such  Holder  of a Note or Holders of Notes  offer
               and,  if  requested,  provide   to   the  Trustee  indemnity
               satisfactory to the Trustee against any  loss,  liability or
               expense;

                    (d)  the  Trustee  does  not  comply  with  the request
               within  60  days after receipt of the request and the  offer
               and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

                    (e)  during   such  60-day  period  the  Holders  of  a
               majority in principal  amount  of the then outstanding Notes
               do not give the Trustee a direction  inconsistent  with  the
               request.

          A  Holder  of  a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
          rights of another  Holder  of a Note or to obtain a preference or
          priority over another Holder of a Note.

          Section 6.07.Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

               Notwithstanding any other  provision  of this Indenture, the
          right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment  of principal of
          and  premium,  interest  and Liquidated Damages, if any,  on  the
          Note, on or after the respective  due dates expressed in the Note
          (including in connection with an offer  to purchase), or to bring
          suit for the enforcement of any such payment  on  or  after  such
          respective  dates,  shall not be impaired or affected without the
          consent of such Holder.

          Section 6.08.Collection Suit by Trustee.

               If an Event of Default  specified  in Section 6.01(a) or (b)
          occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is  authorized  to  recover
          judgment  in  its  own  name  and  as trustee of an express trust
          against  the  Company  for  the  whole amount  of  principal  of,
          premium,  interest  and  Liquidated Damages,  if  any,  remaining
          unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the
          extent lawful, interest and  Liquidated Damages, if any, and such
          further amount as shall be sufficient  to  cover  the  costs  and
          expenses  of  collection,  including the reasonable compensation,
          expenses, disbursements and  advances  of the Trustee, its agents
          and counsel.

          Section 6.09.Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

               The Trustee is authorized to file such  proofs  of claim and
          other  papers  or  documents as may be necessary or advisable  in
          order to have the claims  of the Trustee (including any claim for
          the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
          of the Trustee, its agents  and  counsel)  and the Holders of the
          Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
          (or  any  other  obligor  upon the Notes), its creditors  or  its
          property and shall be entitled  and empowered to collect, receive
          and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable
          on  any  such  claims  and any custodian  in  any  such  judicial
          proceeding is hereby authorized  by  each  Holder  to  make  such
          payments  to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall
          consent to  the  making of such payments directly to the Holders,
          to pay to the Trustee  any  amount  due  to it for the reasonable
          compensation,  expenses,  disbursements  and   advances   of  the
          Trustee,  its  agents and counsel, and any other amounts due  the
          Trustee  under Section 7.07  hereof.   To  the  extent  that  the
          payment of  any  such  compensation,  expenses, disbursements and
          advances of the Trustee, its agents and  counsel,  and  any other
          amounts  due  the  Trustee  under Section 7.07 hereof out of  the
          estate in any such proceeding,  shall  be  denied for any reason,
          payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien  on,  and shall be
          paid  out  of,  any  and  all  distributions,  dividends,  money,
          securities  and other properties that the Holders may be entitled
          to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any
          plan of reorganization  or  arrangement  or  otherwise.   Nothing
          herein  contained  shall  be  deemed  to authorize the Trustee to
          authorize  or  consent to or accept or adopt  on  behalf  of  any
          Holder any plan  of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or
          composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any  Holder,  or
          to  authorize  the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
          Holder in any such proceeding.

          Section 6.10.Priorities.

               If the Trustee  collects any money pursuant to this Article,
          it shall pay out the money in the following order:

                    First:  to the  Trustee,  its  agents and attorneys for
               amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof,  including payment of
               all compensation, expense and liabilities  incurred, and all
               advances  made, by the Trustee and the Trustee's  costs  and
               expenses of collection;

                    Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid
               on the Notes for principal, premium, interest and Liquidated
               Damages, if  any, ratably, without preference or priority of
               any kind, according  to  the  amounts due and payable on the
               Notes  for  principal,  premium,  interest   and  Liquidated
               Damages, if any, respectively; and

                    Third:  to the Company or to such party as  a  court of
               competent jurisdiction shall direct.

               The  Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for  any
          payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

          Section 6.11.Undertaking for Costs.

               In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
          this Indenture  or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
          taken or omitted  by  it  as a Trustee, a court in its discretion
          may require the filing by any  party  litigant  in the suit of an
          undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the  court  in  its
          discretion  may  assess  reasonable  costs,  including reasonable
          attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in  the  suit, having
          due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
          made  by  the party litigant.  This Section does not apply  to  a
          suit by the  Trustee,  a  suit  by a Holder of a Note pursuant to
          Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by  Holders  of  more  than 10% in
          principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

                                      ARTICLE 7
                                       TRUSTEE

          Section 7.01.Duties of Trustee.

               (a)  If  an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
          the Trustee shall  exercise  such of the rights and powers vested
          in it by this Indenture, and use  the  same  degree  of  care and
          skill  in  its  exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or  use
          under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

               (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                    (i)  the  duties  of  the  Trustee  shall be determined
               solely by the express provisions of this Indenture  and  the
               Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically
               set  forth  in  this Indenture and no others, and no implied
               covenants or obligations  shall  be read into this Indenture
               against the Trustee; and

                    (ii) in  the  absence of bad faith  on  its  part,  the
               Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the state-
               ments and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
               upon certificates or  opinions  furnished to the Trustee and
               conforming to the requirements of  this Indenture.  However,
               the Trustee shall examine the certificates  and  opinions to
               determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of
               this Indenture.

               (c)  The  Trustee  may not be relieved from liabilities  for
          its own negligent action,  its  own  negligent failure to act, or
          its own willful misconduct, except that:

                    (i)  this  paragraph  does  not  limit  the  effect  of
               paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

                    (ii) the Trustee shall not be  liable  for any error of
               judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless
               it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in  ascertaining
               the pertinent facts; and

                    (iii)the  Trustee  shall not be liable with respect  to
               any  action it takes or omits  to  take  in  good  faith  in
               accordance  with  a  direction  received  by  it pursuant to
               Section 6.05 hereof.

               (d)  Whether  or  not  therein expressly so provided,  every
          provision  of this Indenture that  in  any  way  relates  to  the
          Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section
          7.01.

               (e)  No  provision  of  this  Indenture  shall  require  the
          Trustee  to  expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.
          The Trustee shall  be  under no obligation to exercise any of its
          rights and powers under  this  Indenture  at  the  request of any
          Holders,  unless  such  Holder shall have offered to the  Trustee
          security  and indemnity satisfactory  to  it  against  any  loss,
          liability or expense.

               (f)  The  Trustee  shall  not  be liable for interest on any
          money received by it except as the Trustee  may  agree in writing
          with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
          segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          Section 7.02.Rights of Trustee.

               (a)  The  Trustee  may  conclusively rely upon any  document
          believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
          by the proper Person.  The Trustee  need not investigate any fact
          or matter stated in the document.

               (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
          require  an Officers' Certificate or an  Opinion  of  Counsel  or
          both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
          omits to take  in  good  faith  in  reliance  on  such  Officers'
          Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult  with
          counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion  of
          Counsel  shall  be full and complete authorization and protection
          from liability in  respect  of  any  action  taken,  suffered  or
          omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

               (c)  The  Trustee  may  act through its attorneys and agents
          and shall not be responsible for  the misconduct or negligence of
          any agent appointed with due care.

               (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
          or omits to take in good faith that  it believes to be authorized
          or  within  the  rights  or  powers conferred  upon  it  by  this
          Indenture.

               (e)  Unless   otherwise  specifically   provided   in   this
          Indenture, any demand,  request,  direction  or  notice  from the
          Company  shall  be  sufficient  if  signed  by  an Officer of the
          Company.

               (f)  The  Trustee shall be under no obligation  to  exercise
          any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
          request or direction  of  any  of the Holders unless such Holders
          shall  have  offered  to  the  Trustee   reasonable  security  or
          indemnity against the costs, expenses and  liabilities that might
          be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

               (g)  The Trustee shall have no duty to  inquire  as  to  the
          performance  of  the Company's covenants in Article 4 hereof.  In
          addition, the Trustee  shall  not  be deemed to have knowledge of
          any Default or Event of Default except:  (1) any Event of Default
          occurring pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or 6.01(b)  hereof;  or (2)
          any  Default  or Event of Default of which is Responsible Officer
          shall  have received  written  notification  or  obtained  actual
          knowledge.

          Section 7.03.Individual Rights of Trustee.

               The  Trustee  in  its  individual  or any other capacity may
          become the owner or pledgee of Notes and  may otherwise deal with
          the Company, any Guarantor or any Affiliate  of  the Company with
          the  same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.   However,
          in the  event  that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest
          it must eliminate  such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC
          for permission to continue  as  trustee or resign.  Any Agent may
          do the same with like rights and  duties.   The  Trustee  is also
          subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

          Section 7.04.Trustee's Disclaimer.

               The  Trustee  shall  not  be  responsible  for  and makes no
          representation  as to the validity or adequacy of this  Indenture
          or the Notes, it  shall  not be accountable for the Company's use
          of the proceeds from the Notes  or  any money paid to the Company
          or  upon  the Company's direction under  any  provision  of  this
          Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application
          of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee,
          and it shall  not  be  responsible  for  any statement or recital
          herein  or any statement in the Notes or any  other  document  in
          connection  with  the  sale  of  the  Notes  or  pursuant to this
          Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

          Section 7.05.Notice of Defaults.

               If  a  Default or Event of Default occurs and is  continuing
          and if it is  known  to  the  Trustee,  the Trustee shall mail to
          Holders  of Notes a notice of the Default  or  Event  of  Default
          within 90  days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default
          or Event of  Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any,
          or interest on  any  Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if
          and so long as a committee  of  its  Responsible Officers in good
          faith determines that withholding the  notice is in the interests
          of the Holders of the Notes.

          Section 7.06.Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

               Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning  with  the May 15
          following  the  Series  A/B Issue Date, and for so long as  Notes
          remain outstanding, the Trustee  shall mail to the Holders of the
          Notes  a  brief  report  dated  as of such  reporting  date  that
          complies with TIA section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA
          section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the
          reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also
          shall comply with TIA section 313(b)(2) and section 313(b)(1).
          The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by
          TIA section 313(c).

               A copy of each report at the time  of  its  mailing  to  the
          Holders  of  Notes  shall be mailed to the Company and filed with
          the SEC and each stock  exchange on which the Notes are listed in
          accordance with TIA section 313(d).  The Company shall promptly
          notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

          Section 7.07.Compensation and Indemnity.

               The  Company shall pay to the  Trustee  from  time  to  time
          reasonable  compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and
          services hereunder.   The  Trustee's  compensation  shall  not be
          limited  by  any  law  on compensation of a trustee of an express
          trust.  The Company shall  reimburse  the  Trustee  promptly upon
          request  for all reasonable disbursements, advances and  expenses
          incurred or  made  by  it in addition to the compensation for its
          services.    Such   expenses   shall   include   the   reasonable
          compensation, disbursements  and expenses of the Trustee's agents
          and counsel.

               The Company and the Guarantors  shall  indemnify the Trustee
          against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses  incurred  by
          it  arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  the acceptance or
          administration of its duties under this Indenture,  including the
          costs  and  expenses  of  enforcing  this  Indenture against  the
          Company  (including  this  Section  7.07)  and  defending  itself
          against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor
          or  any  Holder  or any other person) or liability in  connection
          with the exercise  or  performance of any of its powers or duties
          hereunder, except to the  extent  any  such  loss,  liability  or
          expense  may  be  attributable  to  its  negligence, bad faith or
          willful  misconduct.   The  Trustee  shall  notify   the  Company
          promptly  of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.   Failure
          by the Trustee  to  so  notify  the Company shall not relieve the
          Company or the Guarantors of their  obligations  hereunder.   The
          Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in
          the  defense.   The  Trustee  may  have  separate counsel and the
          Company  shall  pay  the  reasonable fees and  expenses  of  such
          counsel.   The Company need  not  pay  for  any  settlement  made
          without its  consent,  which  consent  shall  not be unreasonably
          withheld.

               The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this
          Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
          Indenture.

               To secure the Company's payment obligations  in this Section
          7.07,  the  Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes  on  all
          money or property  held  or collected by the Trustee, except that
          held in trust to pay principal  and interest on particular Notes.
          Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction  and  discharge  of this
          Indenture.

               When  the  Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after
          an Event of Default  specified  in  Section 6.01(h) or (i) hereof
          occurs,  the  expenses  and  the compensation  for  the  services
          (including the fees and expenses  of  its agents and counsel) are
          intended  to  constitute  expenses  of administration  under  any
          Bankruptcy Law.

               The  Trustee  shall  comply  with  the   provisions  of  TIA
          section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

          Section 7.08.Replacement of Trustee.

               A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
          successor Trustee shall become effective only upon  the successor
          Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

               The  Trustee  may  resign  in  writing  at  any time and  be
          discharged  from  the  trust  hereby created by so notifying  the
          Company.  The Holders of Notes  of a majority in principal amount
          of  the  then outstanding Notes may  remove  the  Trustee  by  so
          notifying  the  Trustee  and the Company in writing.  The Company
          may remove the Trustee if:

                    (a)  the Trustee  fails  to  comply  with  Section 7.10
               hereof;

                    (b)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent
               or  an  order  for  relief  is  entered with respect to  the
               Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

                    (c)  a Custodian or public officer  takes charge of the
               Trustee or its property; or

                    (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

               If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if  a vacancy exists
          in  the  office  of  Trustee  for  any reason, the Company  shall
          promptly appoint a successor Trustee.   Within one year after the
          successor  Trustee takes office, the Holders  of  a  majority  in
          principal amount  of  the  then  outstanding  Notes may appoint a
          successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee  appointed  by
          the Company.

               If  a  successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
          after the retiring  Trustee  resigns  or is removed, the retiring
          Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of  Notes of at least 10% in
          principal amount of the then outstanding Notes  may  petition any
          court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of   a
          successor Trustee.

               If  the  Trustee,  after  written request by any Holder of a
          Note who has been a Holder of a  Note  for  at  least six months,
          fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder  of  a Note
          may  petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
          of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

               A  successor  Trustee  shall deliver a written acceptance of
          its appointment to the retiring  Trustee  and  to  the  Company. 
          Thereupon,  the  resignation  or  removal of the retiring Trustee
          shall become effective, and the successor  Trustee shall have all
          the  rights,  powers  and  duties  of  the  Trustee   under  this
          Indenture.   The  successor  Trustee  shall mail a notice of  its
          succession to Holders of the Notes.  The  retiring  Trustee shall
          promptly  transfer  all  property  held by it as Trustee  to  the
          successor  Trustee,  provided  all  sums  owing  to  the  Trustee
          hereunder have been paid and subject  to the Lien provided for in
          Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement  of the Trustee
          pursuant  to  this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations  under
          Section 7.07  hereof  shall  continue  for  the  benefit  of  the
          retiring Trustee.

          Section 7.09.Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

               If the Trustee  consolidates,  merges  or  converts into, or
          transfers  all  or  substantially  all  of  its  corporate  trust
          business  to,  another  corporation,  the  successor  corporation
          without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.   As soon
          as practicable, the successor Trustee shall mail a notice of  its
          succession to the Company and the Holders of the Notes.

          Section 7.10.Eligibility; Disqualification.

               There  shall  at  all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
          corporation organized and  doing  business  under the laws of the
          United  States  of  America  or  of  any  state thereof  that  is
          authorized under such laws to exercise corporate  trustee  power,
          that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
          authorities  and  that  has  a combined capital and surplus of at
          least $100 million as set forth  in  its  most  recent  published
          annual report of condition.

               This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
          requirements  of  TIA  section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee
          is subject to TIA section 310(b).

          Section 7.11.Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

               The Trustee is subject to TIA section 311(a), excluding any
          creditor relationship listed in TIA section 311(b).  A Trustee who
          has resigned or been removed  shall be subject to TIA section
          311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

                                      ARTICLE 8
                       LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

          Section  8.01.Option  to  Effect  Legal  Defeasance  or  Covenant
                    Defeasance.

               The Company may, at the  option  of  its  Board of Directors
          evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers'  Certificate,
          at  any  time, exercise its rights under either Section  8.02  or
          8.03 hereof with respect to all outstanding Notes upon compliance
          with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

          Section 8.02.Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

               Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
          option applicable  to  this  Section  8.02,  the  Company  shall,
          subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  set forth in
          Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have discharged its obligations
          with  respect to all outstanding Notes, and each Guarantor  shall
          be deemed  to have discharged its obligations with respect to its
          Subsidiary Guarantee,  on  the  date  the conditions set forth in
          Section   8.04   below   are   satisfied   (hereinafter,   "Legal
          Defeasance").  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance  means that the
          Company  shall be deemed to have paid and discharged  the  entire
          Indebtedness  represented  by  the  outstanding  Notes,  and each
          Guarantor  shall  be  deemed  to  have  paid  and  discharged its
          Subsidiary  Guarantee  (which  in  each case shall thereafter  be
          deemed to be "outstanding" only for  the purposes of Section 8.05
          hereof and the other Sections of this  Indenture  referred  to in
          (a)   and  (b)  below)  and  to  have  satisfied  all  its  other
          obligations  under  such  Notes  or Subsidiary Guarantee and this
          Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand  of  and  at the expense of
          the  Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging  the
          same),  except  for  the following provisions which shall survive
          until  otherwise terminated  or  discharged  hereunder:   (a) the
          rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the
          trust fund  described  in  Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully
          set forth in such Section, payments  in  respect of the principal
          of and premium, if any, interest and Liquidated  Damages, if any,
          on  such  Notes  when  such  payments are due, (b) the  Company's
          obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04,
          2.07,  2.10  and  4.02 hereof, (c) the  rights,  powers,  trusts,
          duties and immunities  of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's
          obligations  in  connection  therewith  and  (d) this  Article 8.
          Subject to compliance  with  this  Article  8,  the  Company  may
          exercise  its  option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the
          prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

          Section 8.03.Covenant Defeasance.

               Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
          option applicable  to  this  Section  8.03,  the Company and each
          Guarantor  shall, subject to the satisfaction of  the  conditions
          set  forth  in   Section   8.04  hereof,  be  released  from  its
          obligations under the covenants  contained  in  Article  4 (other
          than  those in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.06 and 4.14) and in clauses
          (c) and  (d)  of  Section  5.01  hereof on and after the date the
          conditions set forth below are satisfied  (hereinafter, "Covenant
          Defeasance"),  and  the  Notes  shall thereafter  be  deemed  not
          "outstanding" for the purposes of  any direction, waiver, consent
          or declaration or act of Holders (and  the  consequences  of  any
          thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to
          be  deemed  "outstanding"  for  all  other purposes hereunder (it
          being understood that such Notes shall  not be deemed outstanding
          for accounting purposes).  For this purpose,  Covenant Defeasance
          means  that, with respect to the outstanding Notes,  the  Company
          and any  Guarantor  may  omit  to  comply  with and shall have no
          liability  in respect of any term, condition  or  limitation  set
          forth in any  such  covenant,  whether directly or indirectly, by
          reason of any reference elsewhere  herein to any such covenant or
          by  reason of any reference in any such  covenant  to  any  other
          provision  herein  or  in any other document and such omission to
          comply shall not constitute  a  Default  or  an  Event of Default
          under  Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified  above,  the
          remainder  of  this  Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
          thereby.  In addition,  upon the Company's exercise under Section
          8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof,
          subject  to the satisfaction  of  the  conditions  set  forth  in
          Section 8.04  hereof,  Sections  6.01(e)  through  6.01(g) hereof
          shall not constitute Events of Default.

          Section 8.04.Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

               In  order  to  exercise either Legal Defeasance or  Covenant
          Defeasance:

                    (a)  the Company  must  irrevocably  deposit  with  the
               Trustee,  in  trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in
               United States dollars,  non-callable  Government Securities,
               or  a  combination  thereof,  in  such amounts  as  will  be
               sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally  recognized  firm
               of  independent  public accountants, to pay the principal of
               and premium, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
               outstanding Notes  on  the stated maturity thereof or on the
               applicable redemption date,  as  the  case  may  be, and the
               Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to
               maturity or to a particular redemption date;

                    (b)  in  the  case  of  an election under Section  8.02
               hereof, the Company shall have  delivered  to the Trustee an
               Opinion   of   Counsel   in  the  United  States  reasonably
               acceptable to the Trustee  confirming  that  (A) the Company
               has  received  from,  or  there has been published  by,  the
               Internal Revenue Service a  ruling  or  (B) since the Series
               A/B  Issue Date, there has been a change in  the  applicable
               federal  income  tax law, in either case to the effect that,
               and based thereon  such  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall confirm
               that,  the  Holders  of  the  outstanding  Notes  will   not
               recognize  income,  gain  or  loss  for  federal  income tax
               purposes  as  a result of such Legal Defeasance and will  be
               subject to federal  income  tax  on the same amounts, in the
               same manner and at the same times  as  would  have  been the
               case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

                    (c)  in  the  case  of  an  election under Section 8.03
               hereof, the Company shall have delivered  to  the Trustee an
               Opinion   of   Counsel   in  the  United  States  reasonably
               acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the
               outstanding Notes will not  recognize  income,  gain or loss
               for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
               Defeasance and will be subject to federal income  tax on the
               same  amounts,  in the same manner and at the same times  as
               would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not
               occurred;

                    (d)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
               and be continuing  on the date of such deposit (other than a
               Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of
               Indebtedness, all or a portion of the proceeds of which will
               be used to defease the  Notes  pursuant  to  this  Article 8
               concurrently   with   such  incurrence  or  within  30  days
               thereof);

                    (e)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall
               not result in a breach  or  violation  of,  or  constitute a
               default  under, any material agreement or instrument  (other
               than this  Indenture)  to  which  the  Company or any of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by  which  the Company
               or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

                    (f)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
               Opinion  of  Counsel  (which  may  be based on such solvency
               certificates or solvency opinions as counsel deems necessary
               or appropriate) to the effect that the  trust funds will not
               be  subject  to  the  effect  of any applicable  bankruptcy,
               insolvency,   reorganization  or  similar   laws   affecting
               creditors' rights generally;

                    (g)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
               Officers' Certificate  stating that the deposit was not made
               by the Company with the  intent  of  preferring  the Holders
               over  any other creditors of the Company or with the  intent
               of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of
               the Company or others; and

                    (h)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
               Officers'  Certificate  and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  each
               stating  that  all  conditions  precedent  provided  for  or
               relating  to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance
               have been complied with.

          Section 8.05.Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held
                    in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

               Subject to  Section 8.06  hereof, all money and non-callable
          Government Securities (including  the proceeds thereof) deposited
          with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04  hereof  in  respect of
          the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied  by  the
          Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this
          Indenture,  to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
          Agent (including  the  Company  acting  as  Paying  Agent) as the
          Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of  all  sums
          due  and  to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium,
          if any, and  interest, but such money need not be segregated from
          other funds except to the extent required by law.

               The Company  shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any
          tax, fee or other charge  imposed on or assessed against the cash
          or  non-callable  Government  Securities  deposited  pursuant  to
          Section 8.04 hereof  or  the  principal  and interest received in
          respect  thereof  other than any such tax, fee  or  other  charge
          which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding
          Notes.

               Anything in this  Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding,
          the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time
          upon  the  request  of the  Company  any  money  or  non-callable
          Government Securities  held  by  it  as  provided in Section 8.04
          hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally  recognized  firm of
          independent   public   accountants   expressed   in   a   written
          certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be  the
          opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of
          the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to
          effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          Section 8.06.Repayment to Company.

               Subject  to  applicable escheat and abandoned property laws,
          any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then
          held by the Company,  in  trust  for the payment of the principal
          of, premium or Liquidated Damages,  if  any,  or  interest on any
          Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such  principal,
          and premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest has become
          due  and  payable shall be paid to the Company on its request  or
          (if then held  by  the  Company)  shall  be  discharged from such
          trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a secured
          creditor, look only to the Company for payment  thereof,  and all
          liability  of  the  Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect  to
          such trust money, and  all  liability  of  the Company as trustee
          thereof,  shall  thereupon  cease;  provided, however,  that  the
          Trustee or such Paying Agent, before  being  required to make any
          such  repayment, may at the expense of the Company  cause  to  be
          published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal
          (national  edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and
          that, after  a  date  specified  therein, which shall not be less
          than 30 days from the date of such  notification  or publication,
          any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid
          to the Company.

          Section 8.07.Reinstatement.

               If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United
          States   dollars   or   non-callable  Government  Securities   in
          accordance with Section 8.05  hereof,  by  reason of any order or
          judgment  of  any  court  or  governmental  authority  enjoining,
          restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,  then  the
          Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be
          revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant
          to  Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or
          Paying  Agent  is permitted to apply all such money in accordance
          with Section 8.05 hereof; provided, however, that, if the Company
          makes any payment  of  principal of, premium, if any, or interest
          on any Note following the  reinstatement  of its obligations, the
          Company shall be subrogated to the rights of  the Holders of such
          Notes to receive such payment from the money held  by the Trustee
          or Paying Agent.

                                      ARTICLE 9
                           AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

          Section 9.01.Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

               Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company,
          the  Guarantors  and  the  Trustee  may amend or supplement  this
          Indenture or the Notes without the consent  of  any  Holder  of a
          Note:

                    (a)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

                    (b)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
               or in place of certificated Notes;

                    (c)  to  provide  for  the  assumption of the Company's
               obligations to the Holders of the  Notes pursuant to Article
               5 hereof;

                    (d)  to secure the Notes pursuant  to  the requirements
               of Section 4.12 or otherwise;

                    (e)  to   make  any  change  that  would  provide   any
               additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or
               that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of
               any Holder of the Note;

                    (f)  to comply with Article 10 hereof; or

                    (g)  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to
               effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under
               the TIA.

               Upon the request  of the Company accompanied by a resolution
          of its Board of Directors  authorizing  the execution of any such
          amended  or  supplemental  indenture,  and upon  receipt  by  the
          Trustee  of the documents described in Section 7.02  hereof,  the
          Trustee shall  join  with  the  Company and the Guarantors in the
          execution of any amended or supplemental  indenture authorized or
          permitted by the terms of this Indenture and  to make any further
          appropriate  agreements  and  stipulations  that may  be  therein
          contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated  to  enter into
          such  amended  or  supplemental  Indenture  that affects its  own
          rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

          Section 9.02.With Consent of Holders of Notes.

               Except as provided below in this Section  9.02, the Company,
          the  Guarantors  and  the  Trustee  may amend or supplement  this
          Indenture and the Notes may be amended  or  supplemented with the
          consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount
          of  the  Notes  then outstanding (including, without  limitation,
          consents obtained  in  connection  with  a purchase of, or tender
          offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and,  subject to Sections
          6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default or
          compliance with any provision of this Indenture  or the Notes may
          be  waived  with  the  consent  of  the Holders of a majority  in
          principal  amount  of  the  then  outstanding   Notes  (including
          consents obtained in connection with a tender offer  or  exchange
          offer for the Notes).

               Upon  the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution
          of its Board  of  Directors authorizing the execution of any such
          amended or supplemental  indenture,  and upon the filing with the
          Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of
          the  Holders  of  Notes as aforesaid, and  upon  receipt  by  the
          Trustee of the documents  described  in  Section 9.06 hereof, the
          Trustee  shall join with the Company and the  Guarantors  in  the
          execution  of  such amended or supplemental indenture unless such
          amended  or supplemental  indenture  affects  the  Trustee's  own
          rights, duties  or  immunities under this Indenture or otherwise,
          in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be
          obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

               It shall not be  necessary for the consent of the Holders of
          Notes under this Section  9.02  to approve the particular form of
          any proposed amendment or waiver,  but  it shall be sufficient if
          such consent approves the substance thereof.

               After an amendment, supplement or waiver  under this Section
          becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes
          affected  thereby  a  notice  briefly  describing the  amendment,
          supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the  Company  to  mail such
          notice,  or  any  defect therein, shall not, however, in any  way
          impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental
          Indenture or waiver.   Subject  to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof,
          the Holders of a majority in principal  amount  of the Notes then
          outstanding may waive compliance in a particular  instance by the
          Company  with  any  provision  of  this Indenture or the  Notes. 
          However,  without  the  consent  of  each   Holder  affected,  an
          amendment or waiver may not (with respect to  any Notes held by a
          non-consenting Holder):

                    (a)  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders
               must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

                    (b)  reduce  the  principal  of  or  change  the  fixed
               maturity  of  any  Note or alter any of the provisions  with
               respect to the redemption  of  the Notes (except as provided
               in Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

                    (c)  reduce the rate of or  change the time for payment
               of interest on any Note;

                    (d)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment
               of principal of or premium, interest  or Liquidated Damages,
               if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of
               the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in principal
               amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that
               resulted from such acceleration);

                    (e)  make  any Note payable in money  other  than  that
               stated in the Notes;

                    (f)  make  any   change   in  the  provisions  of  this
               Indenture relating to waivers of  past Defaults or Events of
               Default  or  the  rights  of  Holders of  Notes  to  receive
               payments of principal of or premium,  interest or Liquidated
               Damages, if any, on the Notes (except as permitted in clause
               (g) below);

                    (g)  waive  a redemption payment with  respect  to  any
               Note (other than a  payment  required  by  Sections 4.10 and
               4.15 hereof);

                    (h)  alter the ranking of the Notes relative  to  other
               Indebtedness of the Company; or

                    (i)  make  any  change  in  the foregoing amendment and
               waiver provisions.

          Section 9.03.Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

               Every  amendment  or  supplement to this  Indenture  or  the
          Notes shall be set forth in  a  amended or supplemental Indenture
          that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

          Section 9.04.Revocation and Effect of Consents.

               Until an amendment, supplement  or waiver becomes effective,
          a consent to it by a Holder of a Note  is a continuing consent by
          the Holder of a Note and every subsequent  Holder  of  a  Note or
          portion  of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
          Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
          Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of
          a Note may  revoke  the  consent  as  to  its Note if the Trustee
          receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver,
          supplement  or  amendment  becomes  effective.    An   amendment,
          supplement  or  waiver  becomes effective in accordance with  its
          terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

          Section 9.05.Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

               The  Trustee may place  an  appropriate  notation  about  an
          amendment,   supplement   or   waiver   on  any  Note  thereafter
          authenticated.  The Company in exchange for  all  Notes may issue
          and  the  Trustee  shall authenticate new Notes that reflect  the
          amendment, supplement or waiver.

               Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note
          shall not affect the  validity  and  effect  of  such  amendment,
          supplement or waiver.

          Section 9.06.Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

               The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture
          authorized  pursuant  to  this  Article  9  if  the  amendment or
          supplement   does   not  adversely  affect  the  rights,  duties,
          liabilities or immunities  of  the  Trustee.  The Company may not
          sign an amendment or supplemental indenture  until  the  Board of
          Directors  approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental
          indenture, the  Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject
          to Section 7.01)  shall  be  fully  protected in relying upon, an
          Officers' Certificate and an Opinion  of Counsel stating that the
          execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized
          or permitted by this Indenture.

                                      ARTICLE 10
                                  GUARANTEE OF NOTES

          Section 10.01.Subsidiary Guarantee.

               Subject  to  Section  10.06 hereof, the  Guarantors  hereby,
          jointly and severally, unconditionally  guarantee  to each Holder
          of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee  and  to the
          Trustee  and  its  successors  and  assigns,  irrespective of the
          validity  and enforceability of this Indenture,  the  Notes  held
          thereby  and   the  Obligations  of  the  Company  hereunder  and
          thereunder, that:  (a) the principal of and premium, interest and
          Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in
          full when due, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at
          maturity, by acceleration,  redemption or otherwise, and interest
          on the overdue principal, premium,  (to  the  extent permitted by
          law) interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on  the  Notes, and
          all  other  payment Obligations of the Company to the Holders  or
          the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full
          and performed,  all  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof and
          thereof;  and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment  or
          renewal of  any  Notes or any of such other Obligations, the same
          will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance
          with the terms of  the  extension  or  renewal,  subject  to  any
          applicable   grace   period,   whether  at  stated  maturity,  by
          acceleration, redemption or otherwise.   Failing  payment when so
          due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance  so guaranteed
          for whatever reason the Guarantors will be jointly and  severally
          obligated to pay the same immediately.  An Event of Default under
          this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of  default
          under the Subsidiary Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to
          accelerate  the  Obligations  of  the Guarantors hereunder in the
          same manner and to the same extent  as  the  Obligations  of  the
          Company.   The  Guarantors  hereby  agree  that their Obligations
          hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective  of  the validity,
          regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture,  the
          absence  of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent
          by any Holder  with  respect to any provisions hereof or thereof,
          the recovery of any judgment  against  the Company, any action to
          enforce the same or any other circumstance  (other  than complete
          performance)   which  might  otherwise  constitute  a  legal   or
          equitable discharge  or  defense  of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor
          further, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waives diligence,
          presentment, demand of payment, filing  of claims with a court in
          the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of  the  Company, any right
          to  require  a  proceeding  first  against the Company,  protest,
          notice  and  all  demands  whatsoever  and  covenants  that  this
          Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged  except  by  complete
          performance  of  the Obligations contained in the Notes and  this
          Indenture.  If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court
          or otherwise to return  to  the  Company,  the Guarantors, or any
          Custodian, Trustee or other similar official  acting  in relation
          to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid  by  the
          Company  or  any  Guarantor  to  the Trustee or such Holder, this
          Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall
          be reinstated in full force and effect.   Each  Guarantor  agrees
          that it shall not be entitled to, and hereby waives, any right of
          subrogation  in  relation  to  the  Holders  in  respect  of  any
          Obligations  guaranteed  hereby.   Each  Guarantor further agrees
          that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders
          and  the  Trustee,  on the other hand, (a) the  maturity  of  the
          Obligations guaranteed  hereby  may be accelerated as provided in
          Article 6 hereof for the purposes  of  its  Subsidiary Guarantee,
          notwithstanding   any  stay,  injunction  or  other   prohibition
          preventing  such  acceleration  in  respect  of  the  Obligations
          guaranteed thereby,  and  (b)  in the event of any declaration of
          acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof,
          such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
          become due and payable by the Guarantor  for  the  purpose of its
          Subsidiary  Guarantee.   The Guarantors shall have the  right  to
          seek contribution from any  non-paying  Guarantor  so long as the
          exercise of such right does not impair the rights of  the Holders
          under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

          Section 10.02.Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

               To  evidence  its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in  Section
          10.01 hereof, each Guarantor  hereby  agrees  that  a notation of
          such Subsidiary Guarantee substantially in the form of  Exhibit D
          hereto shall be endorsed by manual or facsimile signature  by  an
          Officer   of  such  Guarantor  on  each  Note  authenticated  and
          delivered by  the  Trustee  and  that  this  Indenture  shall  be
          executed  on  behalf  of  such  Guarantor  by  an Officer of such
          Guarantor.

               To  the  extent  required by the provisions of  Section 4.13
          hereof,  the  Company  shall   cause   each   of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries to execute a Subsidiary Guarantee  substantially  in
          the  form  of  Exhibit  D.   Such  Subsidiary  Guarantee shall be
          accompanied by a supplemental indenture substantially in the form
          of  Exhibit  E, along with the Opinion of Counsel  and  Officers'
          Certificate  required   under  Section 9.06  of  this  Indenture;
          provided, however, that any  Subsidiary  that  has  been properly
          designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance  with this
          Indenture need not execute a Subsidiary Guarantee for so  long as
          it continues to constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

               Each  Guarantor  hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee
          shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure
          to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

               If an Officer whose signature is on the Subsidiary Guarantee
          no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates
          the  Note  on  which  a Subsidiary  Guarantee  is  endorsed,  the
          Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

               The  delivery  of  any   Note  by  the  Trustee,  after  the
          authentication thereof hereunder,  shall  constitute due delivery
          of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf
          of the Guarantors.

          Section 10.03.Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.

               (a)  Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, nothing
          contained in this Indenture shall prohibit  a  merger  between  a
          Guarantor  and  another Guarantor or a merger between a Guarantor
          and the Company.

               (b)  No Guarantor  shall  consolidate  with or merge with or
          into  (whether  or  not such Guarantor is the surviving  Person),
          another Person (other  than  the  Company  or another Guarantor),
          whether   or   not   affiliated  with  such  Guarantor,   unless,
          (i) subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof, the Person
          formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other
          than  such  Guarantor)  assumes   all  the  obligations  of  such
          Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental  indenture, substantially in
          the form of Exhibit E hereto, under the Notes and this Indenture;
          (ii) immediately  after  giving effect to  such  transaction,  no
          Default or Event of Default  exists; (iii) such Guarantor, or any
          Person formed by or surviving  any  such consolidation or merger,
          would  have  Consolidated  Net  Worth (immediately  after  giving
          effect  to  such  transaction), equal  to  or  greater  than  the
          Consolidated Net Worth  of  such  Guarantor immediately preceding
          the  transaction;  and (iv) the Company,  at  the  time  of  such
          transaction and after  giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
          transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-
          quarter period, would be  permitted  to  incur  at least $1.00 of
          additional  Indebtedness  pursuant  to the Consolidated  Interest
          Coverage Ratio test set forth in the  first  paragraph of Section
          4.09 hereof.

               (c)  In  the case of any such consolidation  or  merger  and
          upon the assumption  by  the  successor  Person,  by supplemental
          indenture,   executed   and   delivered   to   the   Trustee  and
          substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, of the  Subsidiary
          Guarantee  endorsed  upon  the  Notes  and  the  due and punctual
          performance  of  all  of  the covenants of this Indenture  to  be
          performed by the Guarantor,  such  successor Person shall succeed
          to and be substituted for the Guarantor  with  the same effect as
          if  it  had been named herein as a Guarantor; provided,  however,
          that, solely  for  purposes  of computing Consolidated Net Income
          for purposes of clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07
          hereof, the Consolidated Net Income  of any Person other than the
          Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries  shall  only  be included
          for  periods  subsequent to the effective time of such merger  or
          consolidation.   Such  successor Person thereupon may cause to be
          signed any or all of the  Subsidiary  Guarantees  to  be endorsed
          upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore  shall
          not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.
          All  of the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects
          have the  same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the
          Subsidiary   Guarantees  theretofore  and  thereafter  issued  in
          accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such
          Subsidiary Guarantees  had  been  issued  at the Series A/B Issue
          Date.

          Section 10.04.Releases Following Sale of Assets.

               In the event of a sale or other disposition  of  all  of the
          assets  or  Capital  Stock  of  any  Guarantor, by way of merger,
          consolidation or otherwise, then  such Guarantor (in the event of
          a  sale  or  other  disposition,  by  way   of   such  a  merger,
          consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital  Stock  of such
          Guarantor) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event  of
          a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  of  the  assets of such
          Guarantor)  shall  be  released  and  relieved of any obligations
          under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided,  however,  that  (i) in
          the  event  such  transaction  constitutes an Asset Sale, the Net
          Proceeds  from  such sale or other  disposition  are  treated  in
          accordance with the  provisions  of  Section 4.10 hereof and (ii)
          the Company is in compliance with all  other  provisions  of this
          Indenture  applicable to such disposition.  Upon delivery by  the
          Company to the  Trustee of an Officers' Certificate to the effect
          of  the  foregoing,  the  Trustee  shall  execute  any  documents
          reasonably  required  in  order  to  evidence  the release of any
          Guarantor  from  its  Obligation under its Subsidiary  Guarantee.
          Any  Guarantor  not  released  from  its  Obligations  under  its
          Subsidiary Guarantee shall  remain  liable for the full amount of
          principal  of and premium, interest and  Liquidated  Damages,  if
          any, on the Notes and for the other Obligations of such Guarantor
          under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

          Section 10.05.Releases  Following  Designation as an Unrestricted
          Subsidiary.

               In the event that the Company designates  a  Guarantor to be
          an Unrestricted Subsidiary, then such Guarantor shall be released
          and  relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary  Guarantee;
          provided  that  such  designation is conducted in accordance with
          this Indenture.

          Section 10.06.Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

               For purposes hereof,  each  Guarantor's  liability  shall be
          limited  to  the  lesser  of  (a)  the  aggregate  amount  of the
          Obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and
          (b)  the  amount,  if any, which would not have (i) rendered such
          Guarantor "insolvent"  (as such term is defined in the Bankruptcy
          Law) or (ii) left such Guarantor  with unreasonably small capital
          at the time its Subsidiary Guarantee  of  the  Notes  was entered
          into;  provided, however, that, it will be a presumption  in  any
          lawsuit  or other proceeding in which a Guarantor is a party that
          the amount guaranteed pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee is the
          amount set  forth  in  clause  (a)  above unless any creditor, or
          representative  of  creditors  of such Guarantor,  or  debtor  in
          possession or trustee in bankruptcy  of  the Guarantor, otherwise
          proves  in  such a lawsuit that the aggregate  liability  of  the
          Guarantor is the amount set forth in clause (b) above.  In making
          any determination  as  to solvency or sufficiency of capital of a
          Guarantor in accordance  with the previous sentence, the right of
          such Guarantor to contribution  from  other  Guarantors,  and any
          other  rights  such Guarantor may have, contractual or otherwise,
          shall be taken into account.

          Section 10.07."Trustee" to Include Paying Agent.

               In case at  any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee
          shall have been appointed  by  the  Company  and  be  then acting
          hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article 10 shall in
          each  case  (unless  the  context  shall  otherwise  require)  be
          construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent  within
          its meaning as fully and for all intents and purposes as if  such
          Paying  Agent  were  named  in  this  Article 10  in place of the
          Trustee.

                                      ARTICLE 11
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 11.01.Trust Indenture Act Controls.

               If  any  provision  of  this Indenture limits, qualifies  or
          conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA section 318(c), the imposed
          duties shall control.

          Section 11.02.Notices.

               Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or
          the  Trustee  to  the  others  is  duly  given  if in writing and
          delivered in person or mailed by first class mail  (registered or
          certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air
          courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address:

               If to the Company or the Guarantors:

                         Trico Marine Services, Inc.
                         2401 Fountain View, Suite 626
                         Houston, Texas  77057
                         Attention:  Victor M. Perez
                         Telecopier No.:  (713) 780-0062
               With a copy to:

                         Jones,  Walker,  Waechter,  Poitevent,  Carrere  &
          Denegre, L.L.P.
                         201 St. Charles Avenue, Suite 5100
                         New Orleans, Louisiana  70170-5100
                         Attention:  William B. Masters
                         Telecopier No.:  (504) 582-8430

               If to the Trustee:

                    (1)  For  payment,  registration, transfer and exchange
          of the Notes:

                    By Hand:

                         Texas Commerce Bank National Association
                         One Main Place
                         1201 Main Street, 18th Floor
                         Dallas, Texas  75202
                         Telephone No.:  (214) 672-5125 or (800) 275-2048
                         Telecopier No.:  (214) 672-5746
                         Attention:  Registered Bond Events

                    By Mail:

                         Texas Commerce Bank National Association
                         P.O. Box 2320
                         Dallas, Texas 75221-2320
                         Telephone No.:  (214) 672-5125 or (800) 275-2048
                         Telecopier No.:  (214) 672-5746
                         Attention:  Registered Bond Events

                    (2)  For all other communications relating the Notes:

                         Texas Commerce Bank National Association
                         Global Trust Services
                         600 Travis Street, Suite 1150
                         Houston, Texas 77002
                         Telephone No.: (713) 216-5811
                         Telecopier No.: (713) 216-5476
                         Attention:  Ms. Mauri J. Cowen

               If to the Paying Agent:

                         Texas Commerce Bank National Association
                         c/o Texas Commerce Trust Company of New York
                         55 Water Street, North Building
                         Room 234, Windows 20 and 21
                         New York, New York 10041
                         Telephone No.: (212) 638-4020 or 638-4021
                         Telecopier No.: (212) 638-7267

               The Company, any of the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice
          to the others may designate additional or different addresses for
          subsequent notices or communications.

               All notices and communications  (other  than  those  sent to
          Holders)  shall  be  deemed to have been duly given:  at the time
          delivered by hand, if  personally  delivered;  five Business Days
          after  being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid,  if  mailed;
          when receipt  acknowledged,  if telecopied; and the next Business
          Day after timely delivery to the  courier,  if  sent by overnight
          air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

               Any notice or communication to a Holder shall  be  mailed by
          first   class  mail,  certified  or  registered,  return  receipt
          requested,  or  by  overnight  air  courier guaranteeing next day
          delivery  to  its  address  shown on the  register  kept  by  the
          Registrar.  Any notice or communication  shall  also be so mailed
          to  any Person described in TIA section 313(c), to the extent
          required by the  TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to
          a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect  its sufficiency with
          respect to other Holders.

               If  a  notice  or  communication  is  mailed in  the  manner
          provided  above  within the time prescribed, it  is  duly  given,
          whether or not the addressee receives it.

               If the Company  mails  a notice or communication to Holders,
          it shall mail a copy to the Trustee  and  each  Agent at the same
          time.

          Section  11.03.Communication  by  Holders  of  Notes  with  Other
                    Holders of Notes.

               Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA section 312(b) with
          other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
          the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else
          shall have the protection of TIA section 312(c).

          Section 11.04.Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

               Upon any request  or  application  by  the  Company  to  the
          Trustee  to  take  any  action  under this Indenture, the Company
          shall furnish to the Trustee:

                    (a)  an Officers' Certificate  in  form  and  substance
               reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall  include
               the  statements  set  forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating
               that,  in  the  opinion  of   the  signers,  all  conditions
               precedent  and  covenants,  if any,  provided  for  in  this
               Indenture  relating  to  the  proposed   action   have  been
               satisfied; and

                    (b)  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  in  form  and  substance
               reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall  include
               the  statements  set  forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating
               that, in the opinion of  such  counsel,  all such conditions
               precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

          Section 11.05.Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

               Each certificate or opinion with respect to  compliance with
          a  condition  or  covenant provided for in this Indenture  (other
          than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA section 314(a)(4)) shall
          comply with the provisions of TIA section 314(e) and shall include:

                    (a)  a  statement that the Person  making  such  certi-
               ficate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                    (b)  a brief  statement  as  to the nature and scope of
               the examination or investigation upon  which  the statements
               or  opinions  contained  in such certificate or opinion  are
               based;

                    (c)  a statement that,  in  the opinion of such Person,
               he or she has made such examination  or  investigation as is
               necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to
               whether  or  not  such  covenant  or  condition   has   been
               satisfied; and

                    (d)  a  statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion
               of  such  Person,  such  condition   or  covenant  has  been
               satisfied.

          Section 11.06.Rules by Trustee and Agents.

               The Trustee may make reasonable rules  for action by or at a
          meeting  of  Holders.   The Registrar or Paying  Agent  may  make
          reasonable  rules  and  set   reasonable   requirements  for  its
          functions.

          Section  11.07.No  Personal  Liability  of  Directors,  Officers,
                    Employees and Stockholders.

               No  past,  present  or  future director, officer,  employee,
          incorporator or stockholder of  the  Company or any Guarantor, as
          such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
          or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees, this
          Indenture or for any claim based on, in  respect of, or by reason
          of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting
          a Note waives and releases all such liability.   The  waiver  and
          release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

          Section 11.08.Governing Law.

               THE  INTERNAL  LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND
          BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS  INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY
          GUARANTEES.

          Section 11.09.No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

               This  Indenture may not  be  used  to  interpret  any  other
          indenture,  loan   or  debt  agreement  of  the  Company  or  its
          Restricted  Subsidiaries  or  of  any  other  Person.   Any  such
          indenture, loan  or  debt  agreement may not be used to interpret
          this Indenture.

          Section 11.10.Successors.

               All agreements of the Company  and  the  Guarantors  in this
          Indenture  and  the  Notes  shall  bind  their  successors.   All
          agreements  of  the  Trustee  in  this  Indenture  shall bind its
          successors.

          Section 11.11.Severability.

               In  case  any  provision  in this Indenture or in the  Notes
          shall  be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,   the  validity,
          legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not
          in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

          Section 11.12.Counterpart Originals.

               The   parties   may  sign  any  number  of  copies  of  this
          Indenture.  Each signed  copy  shall  be  an original, but all of
          them together represent the same agreement.

          Section 11.13.Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

               The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of
          the Articles and Sections of this Indenture  have  been  inserted
          for  convenience  of  reference only, are not to be considered  a
          part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any
          of the terms or provisions hereof.

                            [Signatures on following page]
                                         -1-
                                      SIGNATURES


                                             Trico Marine Services, Inc.



                                             By
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                             Trico Marine Assets, Inc.



                                             By
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                             Trico Marine Operators, Inc.



                                             By
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                             TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
                                             ASSOCIATION, as Trustee



                                             By
                                                  Mauri J. Cowen
                                                  Vice  President and Trust
          Officer

                                         -1-
                                        A-1-1


                                                      Exhibit A-1

                          (Face of Note)

         8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2005, [Series C] [Series D]

No.                                              $_______________
                                           CUSIP NO.


                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


promises to pay to __________ or registered assigns, the principal sum

of ___________ Dollars on August 1, 2005.


        Interest Payment Dates:  February 1 and August 1

              Record Dates:  January 15 and July 15



(SEAL)

                                   Trico Marine Services, Inc.


By__________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


Trustee's Certificate of Authentication:

This is one of the Notes referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


By________________________________
     Authorized Signatory


Dated:  ______________________




                            (Back of Note)

           8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2005, [Series C][Series D]

     [Unless  and  until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Notes
in definitive form, this Note may not be transferred except as a whole
by the Depository to  a  nominee  of the Depository or by a nominee of
the Depository to the Depository or  another nominee of the Depository
or by the Depository or any such nominee  to a successor Depository or
a nominee of such successor Depository.  Unless  this  certificate  is
presented  by  an  authorized  representative  of The Depository Trust
Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) ("DTC"),  to  the issuer
or  its  agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment,  and
any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such
other name  as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC
(and any payment  is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as may be
requested  by an authorized  representative  of  DTC),  ANY  TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER  USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL in as much as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has
an interest herein.][1]

          [THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS
     ORIGINALLY ISSUED  IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
     UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
     AS  AMENDED  (THE  "SECURITIES   ACT"),   AND  THE  SECURITY
     EVIDENCED  HEREBY  MAY  NOT  BE  OFFERED, SOLD OR  OTHERWISE
     TRANSFERRED  IN  THE  ABSENCE  OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR  AN
     APPLICABLE  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.   EACH  PURCHASER  OF  THE
     SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
     MAY  BE  RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION  FROM  THE  PROVISIONS  OF
     SECTION 5  OF  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  PROVIDED  BY  RULE 144A
     THEREUNDER.   THE  HOLDER  OF  THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
     AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY
     MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED,  ONLY  (1)
     (a)  TO  A  PERSON  WHO  THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
     QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER
     THE   SECURITIES   ACT)   IN  A  TRANSACTION   MEETING   THE
     REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A,  (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
     REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE 144 UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  (c)
     OUTSIDE  THE  UNITED  STATES  TO  A  NON-U.S.  PERSON  IN  A
     TRANSACTION MEETING  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  904 OF THE
     SECURITIES  ACT  OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
     FROM THE REGISTRATION  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  SECURITIES ACT
     (AND  BASED  UPON  AN  OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY  SO
     REQUESTS),  (2) TO  THE  COMPANY   OR   (3) PURSUANT  TO  AN
     EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  AND, IN  EACH  CASE,  IN
     ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES  LAWS OF ANY STATE
     OF  THE  UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE  JURISDICTION
     AND (B) THE  HOLDER  WILL,  AND  EACH  SUBSEQUENT  HOLDER IS
     REQUIRED  TO,  NOTIFY  ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY
     EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE  RESALE  RESTRICTIONS  SET  FORTH IN
     (A) ABOVE.][2]


**FOOTNOTES**

[1]:. This paragraph should be included only if the Note is issued in global
      form.

[2]:. This paragraph should be removed upon the exchange of Series C Notes for
Series D Notes in the Exchange Offer or upon the transfer of the Series C
Notes that have been sold pursuant to the terms of the Shelf Registration
contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.




     1.   Interest.  Trico   Marine   Services,   Inc.,   a   Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal
amount  of  this  Note  at  8 1/2% per annum from November __, 1997 until
maturity  and shall pay the Liquidated  Damages  payable  pursuant  to
Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.  The
Company will  pay  interest  and  Liquidated  Damages,  if  any, semi-
annually   in  arrears  on  February 1  and  August 1  of  each  year,
commencing February 1, 1998, or if any such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (each an "Interest Payment Date").
Interest on  the  Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date
of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default or
Event of Default in  the  payment  of  interest,  and  if this Note is
authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and
the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall  accrue from
such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case  of the
original  issuance  of Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from
the date of authentication.  The Company shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest  in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium,  if any, from time to time on demand at
a  rate  that  is  the  rate then in effect;  it  shall  pay  interest
(including  post-petition   interest   in  any  proceeding  under  any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments  of  interest  and  Liquidated
Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from  time to
time  on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest  will
be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

     2.   Method  of  Payment.   The  Company will pay interest on the
Notes  (except  defaulted  interest)  and Liquidated  Damages  to  the
Persons who are registered Holders of Notes  at  the close of business
on the January 15 or July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date,
even  if such Notes are cancelled after such record  date  and  on  or
before  such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12
of the Indenture  with  respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes will
be payable as to principal,  premium, interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, at the office or agency  of  the  Company  maintained for such
purpose within the City and State of New York, or, at  the  option  of
the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by
check  mailed  to  the  Holders  at  their  addresses set forth in the
register of Holders, and provided that payment  by  wire  transfer  of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal
of  and  interest,  premium and Liquidated Damages on all Global Notes
and all other Notes the  Holders  of  which  shall  have provided wire
transfer  instructions  to  the  Company  or  the Paying Agent.   Such
payment  shall  be in such coin or currency of the  United  States  of
America as at the  time  of  payment  is  legal  tender for payment of
public and private debts.

     3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially,  Texas Commerce Bank
National  Association, the Trustee under the Indenture,  will  act  as
Paying Agent  and  Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent
or Registrar without  notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

     4.   Indenture.  The  Company issued the Notes under an Indenture
dated as of November __, 1997  ("Indenture")  among  the  Company, the
Guarantors  and  the  Trustee.   The terms of the Notes include  those
stated  in the Indenture and those  made  part  of  the  Indenture  by
reference  to  the  Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.
Code sections 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for  a statement of
such  terms.   The  Notes  are  general unsecured obligations  of  the
Company limited to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount.

     5.   Optional Redemption.

     (a)  Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5,
the Company shall not have the option  to  redeem  the  Notes prior to
August 1,  2001.   Thereafter,  the  Company shall have the option  to
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part,  upon not less than 30 nor more
than  60  days'  notice,  at  the  redemption  prices   (expressed  as
percentages  of  principal  amount)  set forth below plus accrued  and
unpaid  interest  and Liquidated Damages  thereon  to  the  applicable
redemption date, if  redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on August 1 of the years indicated below:

          Year                                        Percentage

          2001....................................     104.250%
          2002 ...................................     102.834%
          2003 ...................................     101.417%
          2004 and thereafter.....................     100.000%

     (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of subparagraph (a) of this
Paragraph 5 the Company may at any  time  prior  to August 1, 2001, at
its option, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part,  at  the Make-Whole
Price plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon  to  the redemption date.  In addition, at any time  prior  to
July 17, 2000,  the  Company  may  redeem  up  to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes originally issued at a  redemption  price of
108.5%  of  the  principal  amount  thereof,  plus  accrued and unpaid
interest  and  Liquidated  Damages, if any, thereon to the  redemption
date, with the net cash proceeds  of  one  or  more  Qualified  Equity
Offerings;  provided  that  (a)  at  least  $65  million  in aggregate
principal  amount  of Notes remains outstanding immediately after  the
occurrence of each such  redemption and (b) each such redemption shall
occur within 60 days of the date of the closing of each such Qualified
Equity Offering.

     6.   Mandatory Redemption.

     Except as set forth in  paragraph 7  below, the Company shall not
be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes.

     7.   Repurchase at Option of Holder.

     (a)  If  there  is  a Change of Control,  the  Company  shall  be
required to make an offer  (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase
all or any part (equal to $1,000  or  an integral multiple thereof) of
each Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued  and   unpaid  interest  and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  thereon to the date of  purchase  (the
"Change of Control Payment"). Within  30  days following any Change of
Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the
transaction that constitutes the Change of  Control  and setting forth
the  procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as  required  by
the Indenture.

     (b)  If  the  Company  or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any
Asset Sales, within 30 days of each date on which the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company shall commence an
offer to all Holders of Notes  and  Series  A/B  Notes (as "Asset Sale
Offer")  pursuant  to Section 3.09 of the Indenture  to  purchase  the
maximum principal amount of Notes and Series A/B Notes (taken together
for the purposes of  this  paragraph) that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds at an offer  price  in cash in an amount equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus  accrued  and unpaid interest and
Liquidated  Damages,  if  any,  thereon to the date  of  purchase,  in
accordance with the procedures set  forth  in the Indenture; provided,
however,  that,  if  the  Company  is required to  apply  such  Excess
Proceeds to repurchase, or to offer  to  repurchase,  any  Pari  Passu
Indebtedness,   the  Company  shall  only  be  required  to  offer  to
repurchase the maximum  principal amount of Notes and Series A/B Notes
that may be purchased out  of  the  amount  of  such  Excess  Proceeds
multiplied  by  a  fraction,  the  numerator of which is the aggregate
principal amount of Notes and Series  A/B  Notes  outstanding  and the
denominator  of  which is the aggregate principal amount of Notes  and
Series A/B Notes outstanding  plus  the  aggregate principal amount of
Pari Passu Indebtedness outstanding.  To the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and Series A/B Notes tendered  pursuant  to  an  Asset
Sale  Offer  is  less  than  the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such
Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If
the  aggregate  principal  amount   of  Notes  and  Series  A/B  Notes
surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds  the amount of Excess Proceeds,
the  Trustee  shall  select  the  Notes and Series  A/B  Notes  to  be
purchased on a pro rata basis (with  such adjustments as may be deemed
appropriate by the Trustee so that only  Notes and Series A/B Notes in
denominations  of  $1,000,  or integral multiples  thereof,  shall  be
purchased).  Holders of Notes  and  Series  A/B  Notes  that  are  the
subject  of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from
the Company  prior  to any related purchase date and may elect to have
such Notes and Series  A/B  Notes  purchased  by  completing  the form
entitled  "Option  of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of  the
Notes and the Series A/B Notes.

     8.   Notice of  Redemption.   Notice of redemption will be mailed
at least 30 days but not more than 60  days before the redemption date
to  each  Holder  whose  Notes are to be redeemed  at  its  registered
address.  Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples  of  $1,000,  unless all of the Notes
held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the redemption date
interest  ceases  to  accrue on Notes or portions thereof  called  for
redemption.

     9.   Denominations,   Transfer,   Exchange.   The  Notes  are  in
registered  form  without  coupons  in  denominations  of  $1,000  and
integral multiples of $1,000.  The transfer of Notes may be registered
and  Notes  may  be  exchanged  as  provided in  the  Indenture.   The
Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish  appropriate  endorsements  and  transfer  documents  and  the
Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or  permitted  by the Indenture.  The Company  need  not  exchange  or
register the transfer  of  any  Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption,  except  for the unredeemed  portion  of  any  Note  being
redeemed in part.  Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer
of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be
redeemed  or  during  the   period  between  a  record  date  and  the
corresponding Interest Payment Date.

     10.  Persons Deemed Owners.   The registered Holder of a Note may
be treated as its owner for all purposes.

     11.  Amendment,  Supplement  and   Waiver.   Subject  to  certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may  be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a  majority  in  principal
amount  of  the  then  outstanding Notes, and any existing default  or
compliance with any provision  of  the  Indenture  or the Notes may be
waived  with  the  consent of the Holders of a majority  in  principal
amount of the then outstanding  Notes.   Without  the  consent  of any
Holder  of  a  Note,  the  Indenture  or  the  Notes may be amended or
supplemented  to  cure  any  ambiguity,  defect  or inconsistency,  to
provide  for  uncertificated  Notes  in  addition to or  in  place  of
certificated  Notes, to provide for the assumption  of  the  Company's
obligations  to   Holders  of  the  Notes  in  case  of  a  merger  or
consolidation, to make  any  change  that would provide any additional
rights  or  benefits to the Holders of the  Notes  or  that  does  not
adversely affect  the  legal  rights  under  the Indenture of any such
Holder, or to comply with the requirements of  the Commission in order
to  effect  or maintain the qualification of the Indenture  under  the
Trust Indenture Act.

     12.  Defaults  and  Remedies.   Events  of  Default include:  (i)
default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest  or Liquidated
Damages  on  the  Notes;  (ii)  default  in  payment  when due of  the
principal  of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure  by  the
Company to comply  with  Section  4.10, 4.15 or 5.01 of the Indenture;
(iv) failure by the Company for 60  days  after  notice to comply with
any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes; (v) default
under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under  which  there may be
issued  or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness
for  money   borrowed   by  the  Company  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment  of which is guaranteed by the Company or
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries),  whether  such  Indebtedness  or
guarantee  now  exists  or is created after the Series A/B Issue Date,
which default (a) is caused  by  a  failure  to  pay  principal  of or
premium  or  interest  on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of
any grace period provided  in  such Indebtedness (a "Payment Default")
or (b) results in the acceleration  of  such Indebtedness prior to its
express maturity and, in each case, the principal  amount  of any such
Indebtedness,  together  with  the principal amount of any other  such
Indebtedness under which there has  been  a  Payment  Default  or  the
maturity  of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or
more; and provided,  further,  that if such default is cured or waived
or any such acceleration rescinded,  or  such  Indebtedness  is repaid
within  a  period  of  10  days  from the continuation of such default
beyond  the  applicable  grace  period   or  the  occurrence  of  such
acceleration,  as  the  case  may  be, an Event  of  Default  and  any
consequential  acceleration  of  the  Notes   shall  be  automatically
rescinded,  so  long as said rescission does not  conflict  with  such
judgment or decree;  (vi)  failure  by  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries  to pay final judgments aggregating in excess
of $5.0 million, which judgments  are  not  paid, discharged or stayed
for a period of 60 days; (vii) failure by any Guarantor to perform any
covenant set forth in its Subsidiary Guarantee,  or the repudiation by
any Guarantor of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the
unenforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee against  a  Guarantor for
any reason; and (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with
respect  to  the  Company  or any Guarantor.  If any Event of  Default
occurs and is continuing, the  Trustee  or the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the then outstanding  Notes may declare all the
Notes  to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  in  the
case of  an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency,  all  outstanding  Notes  will  become  due and payable
without  further  action  or  notice.   Holders  may  not enforce  the
Indenture  or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.   Subject
to certain limitations,  Holders  of a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may direct  the  Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes
notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default
or Event of Default relating to the payment of  principal or interest)
if  it determines that withholding notice is in their  interest.   The
Holders  of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding  by  notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of
all of the Notes waive  any  existing  Default or Event of Default and
its consequences under the Indenture except  a  continuing  Default or
Event  of  Default  in  the  payment  of  the principal of or premium,
interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on  the Notes.  The Company is
required  to  deliver  to the Trustee annually a  statement  regarding
compliance  with the Indenture,  and  the  Company  is  required  upon
becoming aware  of  any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the
Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

     13.  Defeasance.   The  Notes  are subject to defeasance upon the
terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.

     14.  Trustee  Dealings  with  Company.    The   Trustee,  in  its
individual  or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept  deposits
from, and perform  services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may
otherwise deal with  the  Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not
the Trustee.

     15.  No Recourse Against  Others.  A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any Guarantor, as such,
shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any
Guarantor under the Notes, the Subsidiary  Guarantees or the Indenture
or  for  any  claim based on, in respect of, or  by  reason  of,  such
obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives
and releases all  such  liability.  The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     16.  Authentication.    This   Note  shall  not  be  valid  until
authenticated  by  the  manual  signature   of   the   Trustee  or  an
authenticating agent.

     17.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be  used  in the
name  of  a  Holder  or  an  assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in
common),  TEN  ENT  (= tenants by  the  entireties),  JT TEN  (= joint
tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

     18.  Additional   Rights   of   Holders  of  Transfer  Restricted
Securities.  In addition to the rights  provided  to  Holders of Notes
under  the  Indenture,  Holders  of Transferred Restricted  Securities
shall  have  all  the  rights set forth  in  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  dated as of November  __,  1997,  among  the  Company,  the
Guarantors and  the  parties named on the signature pages thereof (the
"Registration Rights Agreement").

     19.  CUSIP Numbers.   Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the  Committee  on  Uniform Security  Identification  Procedures,  the
Company has caused CUSIP  numbers  to  be printed on the Notes and the
Trustee  may  use  CUSIP  numbers  in  notices   of  redemption  as  a
convenience to Holders.  No representation is made  as to the accuracy
of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as  contained in any
notice  of  redemption  and reliance may be placed only on  the  other
identification numbers placed thereon.

     The Company will furnish  to  any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture  and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement.  Requests may be made to:

               Trico Marine Services, Inc.
               2401 Fountain View
               Suite 626
               Houston, Texas  77057
               Attention:  Corporate Secretary




                         Assignment Form

     To assign this Note, fill in the form  below:  (I) or (we) assign
     and transfer this Note to


          (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)








      (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint
to  transfer  this  Note on the books of the Company.  The  agent  may
substitute another to act for him.



Date:

                                 Your Signature:
     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

                                 Signature Guarantee:





                Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

     If you want to elect  to  have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15  of  the  Indenture,  check  the  box
below:

           Section 4.10    Section 4.15

     If  you  want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by
the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture,
state the amount you elect to have purchased:  $___________


Date:                            Your Signature:
                  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)

                                      Tax      Identification     No.:



                                 Signature Guarantee:





                SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES[3]

The following exchanges of a part of this Global  Note for other Notes
have been made:


Date of    Amount of    Amount of    Principal    Signature
Exchange  decrease in  increase in   Amount of        of
           Principal    Principal   this Global   authorized
           Amount of    Amount of       Note      officer of
          this Global  this Global   following    Trustee or
              Note         Note         such         Note
                                      decrease    Custodian
                                        (or
                                     increase)

**FOOTNOTES**

[3]:.  This should be included only if the Note is  issued  in
global form.






                              

Exhibit D

                       SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE


     Subject to Section 10.06 of the Indenture,
each Guarantor  hereby,  jointly and severally,
unconditionally guarantees  to each Holder of a
Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee
and  to  the  Trustee  and  its successors  and
assigns,  irrespective  of  the   validity  and
enforceability of the Indenture, the  Notes and
the Obligations of the Company under the  Notes
or under the Indenture, that: (a) the principal
of,  premium,  if  any, interest and Liquidated
Damages, if any, on  the Notes will be promptly
paid  in  full  when  due,   subject   to   any
applicable  grace  period, whether at maturity,
by acceleration, redemption  or  otherwise, and
interest on overdue principal, premium, if any,
(to  the  extent permitted by law) interest  on
any interest,  if  any, and Liquidated Damages,
if  any, on the Notes  and  all  other  payment
Obligations  of  the  Company to the Holders or
the Trustee under the Indenture  or  under  the
Notes   will  be  promptly  paid  in  full  and
performed,  all  in  accordance  with the terms
thereof;  and  (b) in case of any extension  of
time of payment  or renewal of any Notes or any
of  such other payment  Obligations,  the  same
will  be  promptly  paid  in  full  when due or
performed in accordance with the terms  of  the
extension or renewal, subject to any applicable
grace  period,  whether  at stated maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise.  Failing
payment when so due of any amount so guaranteed
or any performance so guaranteed  for  whatever
reason,  the  Guarantors  will  be  jointly and
severally    obligated    to   pay   the   same
immediately.   An  Event of Default  under  the
Indenture  or  the Notes  shall  constitute  an
event   of  default   under   this   Subsidiary
Guarantee,  and  shall  entitle  the Holders to
accelerate  the  Obligations of the  Guarantors
hereunder in the same  manner  and  to the same
extent as the Obligations of the Company.   The
Guarantors  hereby agree that their Obligations
hereunder shall  be unconditional, irrespective
of the validity, regularity  or  enforceability
of the Notes or the Indenture, the  absence  of
any  action  to enforce the same, any waiver or
consent  by any  Holder  with  respect  to  any
provisions  hereof  or thereof, the recovery of
any judgment against the Company, any action to
enforce  the  same  or any  other  circumstance
which might otherwise  constitute  a  legal  or
equitable  discharge or defense of a Guarantor.
Each   Guarantor   hereby   waives   diligence,
presentment,   demand  of  payment,  filing  of
claims with a court  in the event of insolvency
or  bankruptcy  of the Company,  any  right  to
require a proceeding first against the Company,
protest, notice and  all demands whatsoever and
covenants that this Subsidiary  Guarantee  will
not    be   discharged   except   by   complete
performance of the Obligations contained in the
Notes and  the Indenture.  If any Holder or the
Trustee is required  by  any court or otherwise
to return to the Company,  the  Guarantors,  or
any  Note  Custodian,  Trustee,  liquidator  or
other  similar  official  acting in relation to
either  the  Company  or  the  Guarantors,  any
amount paid by the Company or any  Guarantor to
the  Trustee  or  such  Holder, this Subsidiary
Guarantee,    to    the   extent    theretofore
discharged, shall be  reinstated  in full force
and  effect.   Each  Guarantor agrees  that  it
shall not be entitled  to,  and  hereby waives,
any  right  of subrogation in relation  to  the
Holders   in   respect   of   any   Obligations
guaranteed  hereby.    Each  Guarantor  further
agrees that, as between  the Guarantors, on the
one hand, and the Holders  and  the Trustee, on
the  other  hand,  (a)  the  maturity   of  the
Obligations    guaranteed    hereby    may   be
accelerated  as  provided  in Article 6 of  the
Indenture for the purposes of  this  Subsidiary
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction
or    other    prohibition    preventing   such
acceleration  in  respect  of  the  Obligations
guaranteed thereby, and (b) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such Obligations
as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such
Obligations  (whether or not due  and  payable)
shall forthwith  become  due and payable by the
Guarantor for the purpose  of  this  Subsidiary
Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right
to   seek   contribution  from  any  non-paying
Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right
does not impair the rights of the Holders under
the Subsidiary Guarantees.

     The obligations  of  the  Guarantor to the
Holders  and  to the Trustee pursuant  to  this
Subsidiary  Guarantee  and  the  Indenture  are
expressly  set  forth  in  Article  10  of  the
Indenture, and reference is hereby made to such
Indenture  for   the   precise  terms  of  this
Subsidiary Guarantee.  The terms of Articles 10
of  the  Indenture are incorporated  herein  by
reference.    This   Subsidiary   Guarantee  is
subject   to  release  as  and  to  the  extent
provided in  Sections  10.04  and  10.05 of the
Indenture.

     This is a continuing Guarantee  and  shall
remain  in  full  force and effect and shall be
binding upon each Guarantor  and its respective
successors and assigns to the  extent set forth
in the Indenture until full and  final  payment
of  all of the Company's Obligations under  the
Notes  and the Indenture and shall inure to the
benefit  of  the  successors and assigns of the
Trustee and the Holders  and,  in  the event of
any  transfer  or assignment of rights  by  any
Holder   or  the  Trustee,   the   rights   and
privileges  herein  conferred  upon  that party
shall automatically extend to and be vested  in
such transferee or assignee, all subject to the
terms   and   conditions  hereof.   This  is  a
Subsidiary  Guarantee  of  payment  and  not  a
guarantee of collection.

     This Subsidiary  Guarantee  shall  not  be
valid  or  obligatory for any purpose until the
certificate  of authentication on the Note upon
which this Subsidiary  Guarantee is noted shall
have  been  executed  by  the   Trustee  or  an
authenticating agent under the Indenture by the
manual  signature  of  one  of  its  authorized
officers.

     For   purposes  hereof,  each  Guarantor's
liability shall be limited to the lesser of (i)
the aggregate  amount of the Obligations of the
Company under the  Notes  and the Indenture and
(ii) the amount, if any, which  would  not have
(A)  rendered  such  Guarantor "insolvent"  (as
such term is defined in  the Bankruptcy Law and
in the Debtor and Creditor  Law of the State of
New  York)  or  (B)  left  such Guarantor  with
unreasonably  small  capital at  the  time  its
Subsidiary Guarantee of  the  Notes was entered
into; provided that, it will be  a  presumption
in any lawsuit or other proceeding in  which  a
Guarantor is a party that the amount guaranteed
pursuant  to  the  Subsidiary  Guarantee is the
amount set forth in clause (i) above unless any
creditor,  or  representative  of creditors  of
such  Guarantor,  or  debtor  in possession  or
trustee   in   bankruptcy  of  such  Guarantor,
otherwise proves  in  such  a  lawsuit that the
aggregate liability of the Guarantor is limited
to the amount set forth in clause  (ii)  above.
The  Indenture  provides  that,  in  making any
determination as to the solvency or sufficiency
of  capital  of a Guarantor in accordance  with
the  previous  sentence,   the  right  of  such
Guarantors    to   contribution   from    other
Guarantors and any other rights such Guarantors
may have, contractual  or  otherwise,  shall be
taken into account.

     Capitalized  terms  used  herein have  the
same  meanings  given  in the Indenture  unless
otherwise indicated.

                                   [GUARANTORS]


By__________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                               


                               











                             TRICO MARINE SERVICES, INC.

                                         AND

                  THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO






                                     $100,000,000

                        8 1/2% Senior Notes due 2005, Series C





                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of November 14, 1997




                              JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.
                              BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                             BANCBOSTON SECURITIES INC.





               This  Registration  Rights  Agreement  (this "Agreement") is
          made and entered into as of November 14, 1997  by and among Trico
          Marine  Services,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the  "Company"),
          Trico Marine Assets,  Inc. and Trico Marine Operators, Inc. (each
          a   "Guarantor"  and,  collectively,   the   "Guarantors"),   and
          Jefferies &   Company,   Inc.,   Bear,  Stearns &  Co.  Inc.  and
          BancBoston Securities Inc. (the "Initial  Purchasers"),  who have
          agreed to purchase $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the
          Company's  8  1/2% Senior Notes due 2005, Series C (the "Series C
          Notes") pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

               This Agreement  is  made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,
          dated November 6, 1997 (the  "Purchase  Agreement"), by and among
          the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.  In order
          to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase  the Series C Notes,
          the  Company  has agreed to provide the registration  rights  set
          forth in this Agreement.   The  execution  and  delivery  of this
          Agreement  is  a  condition  to  the  obligations  of the Initial
          Purchasers set forth in Section 3 of the Purchase Agreement.

               The parties hereby agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.     DEFINITIONS

               As  used in this Agreement, the following capitalized  terms
          shall have the following meanings:

                    Act:  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                    Broker-Dealer:   Any  broker or dealer registered under
               the Exchange Act.

                    Closing Date:  The date on which the Series C Notes are
               originally issued under the Indenture.

                    Commission:  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

                    Consummate:   The  Exchange   Offer   shall  be  deemed
               "Consummated"  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement  upon  the
               occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Act
               of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the
               Series D Notes to be issued in the Exchange  Offer, (ii) the
               maintenance  of  such  Registration  Statement  continuously
               effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open  for  a
               period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to
               Section  3(b)  hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company
               to the Registrar  under  the  Indenture of Series D Notes in
               the  same  aggregate  principal  amount   as  the  aggregate
               principal  amount  of Series C Notes that were  tendered  by
               Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

                    Damages Payment  Date:   With  respect  to the Series C
               Notes, each Interest Payment Date.

                    Effectiveness Target Date:  As defined in Section 5.

                    Exchange Act:  The Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as
               amended.

                    Exchange Offer:  The registration by the Company  under
               the  Act  of  the  Series D Notes pursuant to a Registration
               Statement pursuant to  which  the Company offers the Holders
               of  all  outstanding  Transfer  Restricted   Securities  the
               opportunity   to  exchange  all  such  outstanding  Transfer
               Restricted Securities  held  by  such  Holders  for Series D
               Notes   in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to  the
               aggregate   principal  amount  of  the  Transfer  Restricted
               Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders.

                    Exchange    Offer    Registration    Statement:     The
               Registration  Statement  relating  to  the  Exchange  Offer,
               including the related Prospectus.

                    Exempt  Resales:  The transactions in which the Initial
               Purchasers propose to sell the Series C Notes (i) to certain
               "qualified institutional buyers," as such term is defined in
               Rule 144A under  the  Act,  (ii)  to  certain  institutional
               "accredited  investors,"  as  such term is defined  in  Rule
               501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of  Regulation  D  under the Act
               ("Accredited  Institutions")  and  (iii) outside the  United
               States to certain non-U.S. Persons meeting  the requirements
               of Rule 904 under the Act.

                    Holders:  As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

                    Indemnified Holder:  As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

                    Indenture:   The  Indenture,  dated  as of November 14,
               1997,   among  the  Company,  Texas  Commerce Bank  National
               Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and the Guarantors,
               pursuant  to  which  the  Notes are to be  issued,  as  such
               Indenture is amended or supplemented  from  time  to time in
               accordance with the terms thereof.

                    Initial Purchasers:  As defined in the preamble hereto.

                    Interest Payment Date:  As defined in the Indenture and
               the Notes.

                    NASD:  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

                    Notes: The Series C Notes and the Series D Notes.

                    Person:    An   individual,  partnership,  corporation,
               trust,   limited   liability   company   or   unincorporated
               organization,  or  a  government   or  agency  or  political
               subdivision thereof.

                    Prospectus:  The prospectus included  in a Registration
               Statement,  as  amended  or  supplemented by any  prospectus
               supplement  and by all other amendments  thereto,  including
               post-effective  amendments, and all material incorporated by
               reference into such Prospectus.

                    Record Holder:   With  respect  to  any Damages Payment
               Date relating to Notes, each Person who is a Holder of Notes
               on the record date with respect to the Interest Payment Date
               on which such Damages Payment Date shall occur.

                    Registration Default:  As defined in Section 5 hereof.

                    Registration Statement:  Any registration  statement of
               the  Company  relating to (a) an offering of Series D  Notes
               and the Subsidiary  Guarantees pursuant to an Exchange Offer
               or (b) the registration  for  resale  of Transfer Restricted
               Securities  pursuant  to  the Shelf Registration  Statement,
               which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement,
               in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all
               amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective
               amendments) and all exhibits  and  material  incorporated by
               reference therein.

                    Series D Notes:  The Company's 8 1/2% Senior  Notes due
               2005,  Series  D to be issued pursuant to the Indenture  and
               the Exchange Offer.

                    Shelf Filing Deadline:  As defined in Section 4 hereof.

                    Shelf Registration  Statement:  As defined in Section 4
               hereof.

                    Subsidiary   Guarantees:    The   joint   and   several
               guarantees of the Company's  payment  obligations  under the
               Notes by the Guarantors.

                    TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section
               77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.

                    Transfer  Restricted  Securities:   Each Series C  Note
               until  (i)  the date on which such Series C  Note  has  been
               exchanged by  a  person  other  than  a  Broker-Dealer for a
               Series D  Note  in  the Exchange Offer, (ii)  following  the
               exchange by a Broker-Dealer  in  the  Exchange  Offer  of  a
               Series C  Note  for  a Series D Note, the date on which such
               Series D Note is sold  to a purchaser who receives from such
               Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of
               the Prospectus contained  in the Exchange Offer Registration
               Statement, (iii) the date on  which  such  Series C Note has
               been effectively registered under the Act and disposed of in
               accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the
               date  on  which  such  Series C Note is distributed  to  the
               public  pursuant  to Rule  144  under  the  Act  or  may  be
               distributed to the  public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the
               Act.

                    Underwritten Registration  or Underwritten Offering:  A
               registration in which securities  of the Company are sold to
               an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

          SECTION 2.     SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT

               (a)  Transfer   Restricted   Securities.    The   securities
          entitled  to  the  benefits of this Agreement  are  the  Transfer
          Restricted Securities.

               (b)  Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities.  A Person is
          deemed to be a holder  of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a
          "Holder")  whenever  such   Person   owns   Transfer   Restricted
          Securities of record.

          SECTION 3.     REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

               (a)  Unless  the  Exchange  Offer  shall  not be permissible
          under applicable law or Commission policy (after  the  procedures
          set  forth  in  Section 6(a) below have been complied with),  the
          Company and the Guarantors  shall  (i) cause to be filed with the
          Commission on or before the 60th day  after  the  Closing Date, a
          Registration  Statement  under  the Act relating to the  Series D
          Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Exchange Offer, (ii) use
          their  reasonable  best  efforts  to   cause   such  Registration
          Statement  to become effective on or before the 120th  day  after
          the Closing  Date,  (iii)  in connection with the foregoing, file
          (A) all pre-effective amendments  to  such Registration Statement
          as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement
          to   become  effective,  (B) if  applicable,   a   post-effective
          amendment  to  such  Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A
          under the Act and (C)  cause  all necessary filings in connection
          with the registration and qualification of the Series D Notes and
          the Subsidiary Guarantees to be  made  under the Blue Sky laws of
          such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit  the Exchange Offer
          to  be  Consummated,  and  (iv)  upon the effectiveness  of  such
          Registration  Statement,  commence  the   Exchange   Offer.   The
          Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be on the appropriate
          form under the Act permitting registration of the Series D  Notes
          to  be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities
          and to  permit  resales  of  the  Series D  Notes held by Broker-
          Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) below.

               (b)  The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange
          Offer  Registration  Statement to be effective  continuously  and
          shall keep the Exchange  Offer open for a period of not less than
          the minimum period required  under  applicable  federal and state
          securities  laws  to  Consummate  the  Exchange Offer;  provided,
          however,  that  in no event shall such period  be  less  than  20
          business days.  The  Company  and  the Guarantors shall cause the
          Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable  federal  and  state
          securities laws.  No securities other than the Series D Notes and
          the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be included in the Exchange Offer
          Registration Statement.  The Company and the Guarantors shall use
          their  reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to  be
          Consummated  on  the earliest practicable date after the Exchange
          Offer Registration  Statement  has  become  effective, but in any
          event on or prior to the 180th day after the Closing Date.

               (c)  The  Company  and the Guarantors shall  indicate  in  a
          "Plan of Distribution" section within the Prospectus contained in
          the Exchange Offer Registration  Statement that any Broker-Dealer
          who holds Notes that are Transfer  Restricted Securities and that
          were acquired for its own account as  a  result  of market-making
          activities  or  other  trading  activities  (other than  Transfer
          Restricted  Securities acquired directly from  the  Company)  may
          exchange such  Series C  Notes  pursuant  to  the Exchange Offer;
          however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be  an "underwriter"
          within  the  meaning  of the Act and must, therefore,  deliver  a
          prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with
          any resales of the Series D  Notes received by such Broker-Dealer
          in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus  delivery requirement may
          be  satisfied  by  the  delivery  by  such Broker-Dealer  of  the
          Prospectus   contained   in   the  Exchange  Offer   Registration
          Statement.   Such  "Plan  of  Distribution"  section  shall  also
          contain all other information with  respect  to  such  resales by
          Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit
          such  resales  pursuant  thereto, but such "Plan of Distribution"
          shall not name any such Broker-Dealer  or  disclose the amount of
          Notes  held  by  any  such  Broker-Dealer except  to  the  extent
          required by the Commission as  a  result  of  a  change in policy
          after the date of this Agreement.

                    The   Company  and  the  Guarantors  shall  use   their
          reasonable best efforts  to  keep the Exchange Offer Registration
          Statement continuously effective,  supplemented  and  amended  as
          required  by  the  provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent
          necessary to ensure  that  it  is  available for resales of Notes
          acquired by Broker-Dealers for their  own accounts as a result of
          market-making  activities  or other trading  activities,  and  to
          ensure that it conforms with  the requirements of this Agreement,
          the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission
          as announced from time to time, for a period of one year from the
          date  on  which  the  Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement  is
          declared effective.

                    The Company and the Guarantors shall provide sufficient
          copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers
          promptly upon request at  any time during such one-year period in
          order to facilitate such resales.

          SECTION 4.     SHELF REGISTRATION

               (a)  Shelf  Registration.    If  (i)  the  Company  and  the
          Guarantors   are  not  required  to  file   an   Exchange   Offer
          Registration Statement  or  permitted  to Consummate the Exchange
          Offer because the Exchange Offer is not  permitted  by applicable
          law  or  Commission  policy  (after  the procedures set forth  in
          Section 6(a) below have been complied with) or (ii) any Holder of
          Transfer Restricted Securities notifies  the Company prior to the
          20th  day following the Consummation of the  Exchange  Offer  (A)
          that such  Holder  is  prohibited by applicable law or Commission
          policy from participating  in the Exchange Offer or (B) that such
          Holder may not resell the Series D  Notes  acquired  by it in the
          Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus  and
          that  the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
          Statement  is not available for such resales by such Holder, then
          the Company  and  the  Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
          efforts to:

                    (x)  cause to  be  filed a shelf registration statement
               pursuant  to  Rule 415  under  the  Act,  which  may  be  an
               amendment to the Exchange  Offer  Registration Statement (in
               either  event,  the "Shelf Registration  Statement")  on  or
               prior to the earliest to occur of (1) the 60th day after the
               date on which the Company determines that it is not required
               to file the Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement and (2)
               the  60th  day after the date on which the Company  receives
               notice from  a  Holder  of Transfer Restricted Securities as
               contemplated by clause (ii)  above (such earliest date being
               the  "Shelf  Filing  Deadline"),  which  Shelf  Registration
               Statement  shall  provide   for   resales  of  all  Transfer
               Restricted  Securities  the  Holders  of  which  shall  have
               provided the information required pursuant  to  Section 4(b)
               hereof; and

                    (y)  cause  such  Shelf  Registration Statement  to  be
               declared effective by the Commission  on  or before the 60th
               day after the Shelf Filing Deadline.

          The  Company  and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable  best
          efforts to keep  such  Shelf  Registration Statement continuously
          effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions
          of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure
          that it is available for resales  of  Notes  by  the  Holders  of
          Transfer  Restricted  Securities  entitled to the benefit of this
          Section  4(a),  and  to  ensure  that  it   conforms   with   the
          requirements  of  this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules
          and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time,
          for a period of at least two years following the Closing Date or,
          if earlier, until the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  terminates
          when  all  Transfer  Restricted Securities covered by such  Shelf
          Registration Statement have been sold.

               (b)  Provision  by   Holders   of   Certain  Information  in
          Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement.   No  Holder of
          Transfer  Restricted  Securities  may include any of its Transfer
          Restricted  Securities  in  any  Shelf   Registration   Statement
          pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes
          to the Company in writing, within 20 business days after  receipt
          of  a  request  therefor,  such  information  as  the Company may
          reasonably   request   for  use  in  connection  with  any  Shelf
          Registration Statement or  Prospectus  or  preliminary Prospectus
          included  therein.   No Holder of Transfer Restricted  Securities
          shall be entitled to Liquidated  Damages  pursuant  to  Section 5
          hereof  unless  and  until  such  Holder shall have used its best
          efforts  to  provide all such reasonably  requested  information.
          Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being
          effected  agrees   to   furnish   promptly  to  the  Company  all
          information  required  to  be disclosed  in  order  to  make  the
          information previously furnished  to  the  Company by such Holder
          not materially misleading.

          SECTION 5.     LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

               If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement
          to be filed is not filed with the Commission  on  or prior to the
          date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii)  any  such
          Registration  Statement  has  not  been declared effective by the
          Commission   on  or  prior  to  the  date  specified   for   such
          effectiveness   in  this  Agreement  (the  "Effectiveness  Target
          Date"), whether or  not  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  have
          breached any obligations to use their reasonable best efforts  to
          cause  any  such Registration Statement to be declared effective,
          (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 180 days
          of  the  Closing   Date   with  respect  to  the  Exchange  Offer
          Registration  Statement  or  (iv)   any   Registration  Statement
          required  by this Agreement is filed and declared  effective  but
          shall thereafter  cease  to be effective or fail to be usable for
          its intended purpose without  being  succeeded  immediately  by a
          post-effective  amendment  to  such  Registration  Statement that
          cures  such failure and that is itself declared effective  on  or
          prior to  the Effectiveness Target Date (each such event referred
          to in clauses  (i)  through  (iv), a "Registration Default"), the
          Company and the Guarantors hereby  jointly and severally agree to
          pay  liquidated  damages to each Holder  of  Transfer  Restricted
          Securities with respect  to  the  first 90-day period immediately
          following  the  occurrence  of such Registration  Default  in  an
          amount equal to $.05 per week  per  $1,000  principal  amount  of
          Transfer  Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week
          or portion  thereof that the Registration Default continues.  The
          amount of the  liquidated damages shall increase by an additional
          $.05  per  week  per  $1,000  in  principal  amount  of  Transfer
          Restricted Securities  with  respect  to  each  subsequent 90-day
          period until all Registration Defaults have been  cured,  up to a
          maximum  amount of liquidated damages of $.20 per week per $1,000
          principal  amount of Transfer Restricted Securities.  All accrued
          liquidated damages shall be paid to Record Holders by the Company
          by wire transfer  of  immediately  available  funds or by federal
          funds check on each Damages Payment Date.  Following  the cure of
          all  Registration  Defaults  relating  to any particular Transfer
          Restricted  Securities,  the accrual of liquidated  damages  with
          respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities will cease.

               All obligations of the  Company and the Guarantors set forth
          in the preceding paragraph that  are  outstanding with respect to
          any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases
          to  be a Transfer Restricted Security shall  survive  until  such
          time  as all such obligations with respect to such security shall
          have been satisfied in full.

          SECTION 6.     REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

               (a)  Exchange  Offer  Registration Statement.  In connection
          with the Exchange Offer, the  Company  and  the  Guarantors shall
          comply  with all of the provisions of Section 6(c)  below,  shall
          use their  reasonable  best  efforts  to  effect such exchange to
          permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities  being  sold in
          accordance  with  the  intended method or methods of distribution
          thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

                    (i)  If in the  reasonable  opinion  of  counsel to the
               Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer
               is  permitted  by  applicable  law,  the  Company  and   the
               Guarantors  hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other
               favorable decision  from the Commission allowing the Company
               and the Guarantors to Consummate the Exchange Offer for such
               Series C Notes.  The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree
               to pursue the issuance  of such a decision to the Commission
               staff level but shall not  be  required to take commercially
               unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy.
               The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree, however, to (A)
               participate in telephonic conferences  with  the Commission,
               (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis  prepared by
               counsel  to  the  Company setting forth the legal bases,  if
               any, upon which such counsel has concluded that the Exchange
               Offer  should  be permitted  and  (C)  diligently  pursue  a
               resolution (which  need  not be favorable) by the Commission
               staff of such submission.

                    (ii) The  Initial Purchasers,  for  themselves  and  on
               behalf of the Holders,  hereby  acknowledge  and  agree, and
               each   Holder   by   its  purchase  of  Transfer  Restricted
               Securities shall be deemed  to have acknowledged and agreed,
               that  any  Broker-Dealer  and  any  such  Holder  using  the
               Exchange  Offer  to participate in  a  distribution  of  the
               securities to be acquired  in  the  Exchange Offer (1) could
               not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this
               Agreement rely on the position of the  Commission enunciated
               in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and
               Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988),
               as  interpreted  in  the Commission's letter  to  Shearman &
               Sterling dated July 2,  1993,  and similar no-action letters
               (including any no-action letter  obtained pursuant to clause
               (i)  above) and (2) must comply with  the  registration  and
               prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the Act in connection
               with  a  secondary  resale  transaction  and   that  such  a
               secondary  resale  transaction  should  be  covered  by   an
               effective  registration  statement  containing  the  selling
               security holder information required by Item 507 or 508,  as
               applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Series D
               Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Series C Notes
               acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

                    (iii)Prior  to  effectiveness  of  the  Exchange  Offer
               Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall
               provide  a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating
               that the Company  and  the  Guarantors  are  registering the
               Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission
               enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation  (available
               May 13,  1988),  Morgan  Stanley  and  Co.,  Inc. (available
               June 5,  1991)  and,  if  applicable,  any no-action  letter
               obtained pursuant to clause (i) above and  (B)  including  a
               representation  that  neither  the Company nor any Guarantor
               has entered into any arrangement  or  understanding with any
               Person to distribute the Series D Notes  to  be  received in
               the  Exchange  Offer  and that, to the best of the Company's
               information and belief,  each  Holder  participating  in the
               Exchange  Offer  is  acquiring  the  Series D  Notes  in its
               ordinary  course  of  business  and  has  no  arrangement or
               understanding   with  any  Person  to  participate  in   the
               distribution of the  Series D Notes received in the Exchange
               Offer.

               (b)  Shelf Registration  Statement.   In connection with the
          Shelf Registration Statement, if required, the  Company  and  the
          Guarantors  shall  comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c)
          below and shall use  their reasonable best efforts to effect such
          registration  to permit  the  sale  of  the  Transfer  Restricted
          Securities being  sold  in accordance with the intended method or
          methods  of  distribution  thereof  and,  pursuant  thereto,  the
          Company  and  the  Guarantors will  prepare  and  file  with  the
          Commission  in  accordance  with  Section  4(a)  hereof  a  Shelf
          Registration  Statement  relating  to  the  registration  on  any
          appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for
          the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with
          the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

               (c)  General    Provisions.     In   connection   with   any
          Registration  Statement  and  any  Prospectus  required  by  this
          Agreement  to permit the sale or resale  of  Transfer  Restricted
          Securities  (including,   without  limitation,  any  Registration
          Statement and the related Prospectus  required  to permit resales
          of  Notes  by  Broker-Dealers),  the  Company and the  Guarantors
          shall:

                    (i)  use their reasonable best  efforts  to  keep  such
               Registration  Statement  continuously  effective and provide
               all requisite financial statements (including,  if  required
               by   the   Act   or  any  regulation  thereunder,  financial
               statements of the  Guarantors)  for  the period specified in
               Section 3(b) or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable; upon the
               occurrence   of  any  event  that  would  cause   any   such
               Registration Statement  or  the Prospectus contained therein
               (A) to contain a material misstatement  or  omission  or (B)
               not  to  be  effective and usable for the resale of Transfer
               Restricted Securities  during  the  period  required by this
               Agreement,  the  Company  and  the  Guarantors  shall   file
               promptly  an  appropriate  amendment  to  such  Registration
               Statement,  in the case of clause (A), correcting  any  such
               misstatement  or omission, and, in the case of either clause
               (A) or (B), use  their reasonable best efforts to cause such
               amendment to be declared  effective  and  such  Registration
               Statement  and  the related Prospectus to become usable  for
               their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter;

                    (ii) prepare   and   file   with  the  Commission  such
               amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration
               Statement  as  may  be  necessary to keep  the  Registration
               Statement effective for the  applicable  period set forth in
               Section  3(b)  or 4 hereof, as applicable, or  such  shorter
               period  as  will  terminate  when  all  Transfer  Restricted
               Securities covered  by such Registration Statement have been
               sold;  cause  the  Prospectus  to  be  supplemented  by  any
               required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be
               filed pursuant to Rule 424  under  the  Act,  and  to comply
               fully  with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and  430A
               under the  Act  in  a  timely  manner;  and  comply with the
               provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all
               securities covered by such Registration Statement during the
               applicable period in accordance with the intended  method or
               methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth  in
               such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

                    (iii)advise  the  underwriter(s),  if  any, and selling
               Holders  promptly and, if requested by any such  Person,  to
               confirm such  advice  in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or
               any Prospectus supplement  or  post-effective  amendment has
               been filed, and, with respect to any Registration  Statement
               or  any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same  has
               become  effective,  (B) of any request by the Commission for
               amendments to the Registration  Statement  or  amendments or
               supplements to the Prospectus or for additional  information
               relating  thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission  of
               any  stop  order   suspending   the   effectiveness  of  the
               Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by
               any state securities commission of the  qualification of the
               Transfer Restricted Securities for offering  or  sale in any
               jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of
               the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any  fact or
               the  happening  of  any event that makes any statement of  a
               material  fact  made  in  the  Registration  Statement,  the
               Prospectus, any amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or  any
               document  incorporated  by reference therein untrue, or that
               requires the making of any  additions  to  or changes in the
               Registration Statement or the Prospectus in  order  to  make
               the  statements  therein not misleading.  If at any time the
               Commission  shall  issue   any  stop  order  suspending  the
               effectiveness of the Registration  Statement,  or  any state
               securities  commission  or other regulatory authority  shall
               issue an order suspending  the  qualification  or  exemption
               from  qualification  of  the  Transfer Restricted Securities
               under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the
               Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain
               the  withdrawal or lifting of such  order  at  the  earliest
               possible time;

                    (iv) furnish to each of the selling Holders and each of
               the  underwriter(s),   if   any,   before  filing  with  the
               Commission,  copies  of any Registration  Statement  or  any
               Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements
               to  any  such  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  (but
               excluding  any documents  incorporated  by  reference  as  a
               result  of the  Company's  periodic  reporting  requirements
               under the  Exchange  Act),  and  neither the Company nor any
               Guarantors  shall  file any such Registration  Statement  or
               Prospectus  or  any amendment  or  supplement  to  any  such
               Registration Statement  or  Prospectus  (excluding  all such
               documents  incorporated  by  reference  as  a  result of the
               Company's periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange
               Act)  to  which  a  selling  Holder  of  Transfer Restricted
               Securities  covered  by such Registration Statement  or  the
               underwriter(s), if any,  shall reasonably object within five
               business days after the receipt  thereof.   A selling Holder
               or  underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to have  reasonably
               objected  to  such  filing  if  such Registration Statement,
               amendment,  Prospectus  or  supplement,  as  applicable,  as
               proposed to be filed, contains  a  material  misstatement or
               omission;

                    (v)  promptly following the filing of any document that
               is  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into a Registration
               Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of  such document to
               the selling Holders and to the underwriter(s),  if any, make
               the  Company's  representatives available for discussion  of
               such document and other customary due diligence matters, and
               include such information  in  such  document  prior  to  the
               filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if
               any, reasonably may request;

                    (vi) make  available at reasonable times for inspection
               by the selling Holders, any underwriter participating in any
               disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any
               attorney or accountant  retained  by such selling Holders or
               any of the underwriter(s), all financial  and other records,
               pertinent corporate documents and properties  of the Company
               and   the  Guarantors  and  cause  the  Company's  and   the
               Guarantors'  officers, directors and employees to supply all
               information  reasonably   requested   by  any  such  Holder,
               underwriter, attorney or accountant in  connection with such
               Registration Statement subsequent to the  filing thereof and
               prior  to  its  effectiveness; provided, however,  that  the
               foregoing inspection  and information gathering (i) shall be
               coordinated on behalf  of the selling Holders, underwriters,
               or any representative thereof,  by one counsel, who shall be
               Vinson  &  Elkins L.L.P. or such other  counsel  as  may  be
               chosen by the  Holders  of a majority in principal amount of
               Transfer  Restricted  Securities   and  (ii)  shall  not  be
               available for any such Holder who does  not agree in writing
               to hold such information in confidence.

                    (vii)if  requested  by  any  selling  Holders   or  the
               underwriter(s),   if   any,   promptly  incorporate  in  any
               Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,   pursuant   to   a
               supplement  or  post-effective  amendment if necessary, such
               information as such selling Holders  and  underwriter(s), if
               any,  may  reasonably  request  to  have  included  therein,
               including, without limitation, information  relating  to the
               "Plan   of   Distribution"   of   the   Transfer  Restricted
               Securities, information with respect to the principal amount
               of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities  being  sold   to  such
               underwriter(s),  the purchase price being paid therefor  and
               any other terms of  the  offering of the Transfer Restricted
               Securities  to  be  sold  in such  offering;  and  make  all
               required   filings   of   such  Prospectus   supplement   or
               post-effective amendment as  soon  as  practicable after the
               Company  is  notified of the matters to be  incorporated  in
               such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

                    (viii)furnish  to  each  selling Holder and each of the
               underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of
               the  Registration  Statement,  as   first   filed  with  the
               Commission,  and  of  each amendment thereto, including  all
               documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits
               (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

                    (ix) deliver to each  selling  Holder  and  each of the
               underwriter(s),  if  any, without charge, as many copies  of
               the Prospectus (including  each  preliminary prospectus) and
               any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto   as   such  Persons
               reasonably  may  request;  the  Company  and  the Guarantors
               hereby  consent  to  the  use  of  the  Prospectus  and  any
               amendment  or  supplement  thereto  by  each  of the selling
               Holders   and  each  of  the  underwriter(s),  if  any,   in
               connection  with  the  offering and the sale of the Transfer
               Restricted  Securities covered  by  the  Prospectus  or  any
               amendment or  supplement  thereto; provided that such use of
               the Prospectus and any amendment  or  supplement thereto and
               such offering and sale conforms to the  Plan of Distribution
               set forth in the Prospectus and complies  with  the terms of
               this  Agreement  and  all  applicable  laws  and regulations
               thereunder;

                    (x)  in  the  event  of  an  Underwritten Registration,
               enter   into   such  customary  agreements   (including   an
               underwriting agreement), make such customary representations
               and  warranties,   deliver   such  customary  documents  and
               certificates and take all such  other  customary  actions in
               connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate  the
               disposition  of  the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant
               to any Shelf Registration  Statement  contemplated  by  this
               Agreement,  all  to  such  extent as may be requested by any
               Holder of Transfer Restricted  Securities  or underwriter in
               connection  with any sale or resale pursuant  to  any  Shelf
               Registration  Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and,
               if the registration  is  an  Underwritten  Registration, the
               Company and the Guarantors shall:

                         (A)  furnish  to  each  selling  Holder  upon  the
                    effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement:

                              (1)  a   certificate,  dated  the   date   of
                         effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement,
                         signed on behalf  of  the  Company  by  two senior
                         officers,  one of whom must be its Chief Financial
                         Officer, confirming,  as of such date, the matters
                         set  forth  in paragraphs  (a),  (c)  and  (d)  of
                         Section 8 of  the  Purchase Agreement with respect
                         to  the transactions  contemplated  by  the  Shelf
                         Registration Statement;

                              (2)  an    opinion,   dated   the   date   of
                         effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement,
                         of counsel for the  Company  and  the  Guarantors,
                         covering the matters set forth in Exhibit A of the
                         Purchase    Agreement    with   respect   to   the
                         transactions    contemplated    by    the    Shelf
                         Registration Statement, and in any event including
                         a statement to the  effect  that  such counsel has
                         participated  in  conferences  with  officers  and
                         other  representatives  of  the  Company  and  the
                         Guarantors,  representatives  of  the  independent
                         accountants of the Company and the Guarantors  and
                         representatives of the Initial Purchasers at which
                         the  contents  of  the  Registration Statement and
                         related matters were discussed  and,  although  it
                         does   not   assume  any  responsibility  for  the
                         accuracy,  completeness   or   fairness   of   the
                         statements    contained    in   the   Registration
                         Statement, during the course of such participation
                         no facts came to its attention  that  caused  such
                         counsel   to   believe   that   the   Registration
                         Statement, at the time such Registration Statement
                         or  any  post-effective  amendment thereto  became
                         effective,  contained any untrue  statement  of  a
                         material  fact   or  omitted  to  state  any  fact
                         required to be stated therein or necessary to make
                         the statements therein not misleading, or that the
                         Prospectus   contained    in   such   Registration
                         Statement  as  of  its  date contained  an  untrue
                         statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
                         material  fact  necessary in  order  to  make  the
                         statements  therein,   in   the   light   of   the
                         circumstances  under  which  they  were  made, not
                         misleading (except as to financial statements  and
                         related  notes,  the financial statement schedules
                         and other financial  and statistical data included
                         therein); and

                              (3)  a customary  comfort letter, dated as of
                         the   date   of   effectiveness   of   the   Shelf
                         Registration   Statement,   from   the   Company's
                         independent accountants  if  such  comfort  letter
                         shall  be  issuable  to  the  selling  Holders  in
                         accordance  with  the relevant accounting industry
                         pronouncements, in the customary form and covering
                         matters of the type customarily covered in comfort
                         letters by underwriters in connection with primary
                         underwritten offerings,  and affirming the matters
                         set   forth  in  the  comfort  letters   delivered
                         pursuant   to   Section 8(g)   of   the   Purchase
                         Agreement, without exception; and

                         (B)  deliver such other documents and certificates
                    as  may  be  reasonably  requested  by  such parties to
                    evidence compliance with clause (A) above  and with any
                    customary  conditions  contained  in  the  underwriting
                    agreement  or  other  agreement  entered  into  by  the
                    Company and the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (x),
                    if any.

               If  at  any  time  the representations and warranties of the
               Company and the Guarantors  contemplated  in  clause  (A)(1)
               above  cease  to  be  true and correct, the Company shall so
               advise the Initial Purchasers  and  the  underwriter(s),  if
               any,  and  each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by
               any such Person, shall confirm such advice in writing;

                    (xi) prior   to   any   public   offering  of  Transfer
               Restricted Securities, cooperate with the  selling  Holders,
               the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel  in
               connection  with  the  registration and qualification of the
               Transfer Restricted Securities  under the securities or Blue
               Sky laws of such jurisdictions as  the  selling  Holders  or
               underwriter(s)  may request and do any and all other acts or
               things reasonably  necessary  or  advisable  to  enable  the
               disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted
               Securities  covered  by  the  Shelf  Registration Statement;
               provided,  however,  that  neither  the  Company   nor   the
               Guarantors  shall  be  required  to register or qualify as a
               foreign corporation where it is not  now  so qualified or to
               take  any  action  that would subject it to the  service  of
               process in suits or  to  taxation,  other than as to matters
               and transactions relating to the Registration  Statement, in
               any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject;

                    (xii)issue, upon the request of any Holder  of Series C
               Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement,  Series D
               Notes,  having  an  aggregate principal amount equal to  the
               aggregate principal amount  of  Series C Notes being sold by
               such Holder; such Series D Notes  to  be  registered  in the
               name of the purchaser(s) of such Notes, as the case may  be;
               in  return,  the Series C Notes held by such Holder shall be
               surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

                    (xiii)cooperate   with  the  selling  Holders  and  the
               underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation
               and   delivery   of   certificates   representing   Transfer
               Restricted  Securities  to  be  sold  and  not  bearing  any
               restrictive legends; and  enable  such  Transfer  Restricted
               Securities  to  be  in such denominations and registered  in
               such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may
               reasonably request at  least  two business days prior to any
               sale  of  Transfer  Restricted  Securities   made   by  such
               underwriter(s);

                    (xiv)if  any  fact  or  event  contemplated  by  clause
               (c)(iii)(D)  above  shall exist or have occurred, prepare  a
               supplement or post-effective  amendment  to the Registration
               Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated
               therein by reference or file any other required  document so
               that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of  Transfer
               Restricted  Securities, the Prospectus will not contain  any
               untrue statement  of  a  material  fact or omit to state any
               material fact necessary to make the  statements  therein not
               misleading;

                    (xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted
               Securities   not  later  than  the  effective  date  of  the
               Registration Statement  and  provide  the  Trustee under the
               Indenture   with  printed  certificates  for  the   Transfer
               Restricted Securities  that  are  in  a  form  eligible  for
               deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

                    (xvi)cooperate and assist in any filings required to be
               made  with  the  NASD  and  in  the  performance  of any due
               diligence  investigation  by any underwriter (including  any
               "qualified independent underwriter")  that is required to be
               retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
               NASD;

                    (xvii)otherwise use their reasonable  best  efforts  to
               comply  with  all  applicable  rules  and regulations of the
               Commission,  and make generally available  to  its  security
               holders, as soon  as  practicable,  a  consolidated earnings
               statement meeting the requirements of Rule  158  (which need
               not  be  audited) for the twelve-month period (A) commencing
               at  the  end   of  any  fiscal  quarter  in  which  Transfer
               Restricted Securities  are sold to underwriters in a firm or
               best efforts Underwritten  Offering  or  (B)  if not sold to
               underwriters in such an offering, beginning with  the  first
               month of the Company's first fiscal quarter commencing after
               the effective date of the Registration Statement;

                    (xviii)cause  the  Indenture  to be qualified under the
               TIA  not  later  than  the  effective  date   of  the  first
               Registration Statement required by this Agreement,  and,  in
               connection  therewith,  cooperate  with  the Trustee and the
               Holders of Notes to effect such changes to  the Indenture as
               may  be  required  for such Indenture to be so qualified  in
               accordance with the  terms  of  the TIA; and execute and use
               their  reasonable  best  efforts to  cause  the  Trustee  to
               execute, all documents that  may  be required to effect such
               changes  and all other forms and documents  required  to  be
               filed with  the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so
               qualified in a timely manner;

                    (xix)cause  all  Transfer Restricted Securities covered
               by  the  Registration  Statement   to   be  listed  on  each
               securities exchange on which the Notes are  then  listed  if
               requested   by  the  Holders  of  a  majority  in  aggregate
               principal  amount   of   Series C   Notes  or  the  managing
               underwriter(s), if any; and

                    (xx) provide promptly to each Holder  upon request each
               document   filed  with  the  Commission  pursuant   to   the
               requirements  of  Section  13 and Section 15 of the Exchange
               Act.

                    Each  Holder  agrees  by  acquisition   of  a  Transfer
          Restricted  Security  that, upon receipt of any notice  from  the
          Company of the existence  of  any  fact  of the kind described in
          Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will  keep  such  notice
          confidential  and  forthwith  discontinue disposition of Transfer
          Restricted Securities pursuant  to  the  applicable  Registration
          Statement  until  such  Holder's  receipt  of  the copies of  the
          supplemented  or  amended  Prospectus  contemplated   by  Section
          6(c)(xiv)  hereof,  or  until  it  is  advised  in  writing  (the
          "Advice")  by  the  Company that the use of the Prospectus may be
          resumed,  and  has  received   copies   of   any   additional  or
          supplemental  filings that are incorporated by reference  in  the
          Prospectus.  If  so  directed  by  the  Company, each Holder will
          deliver  to the Company (at the Company's  expense)  all  copies,
          other  than   permanent   file   copies  then  in  such  Holder's
          possession, of the Prospectus covering  such  Transfer Restricted
          Securities  that  was  current  at  the time of receipt  of  such
          notice.  In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the
          time  period  regarding the effectiveness  of  such  Registration
          Statement set forth  in  Section 3  or  4  hereof, as applicable,
          shall be extended by the number of days during  the  period  from
          and  including  the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to
          Section 6(c)(iii)(D)  hereof  to and including the date when each
          selling Holder covered by such  Registration Statement shall have
          received  the copies of the supplemented  or  amended  Prospectus
          contemplated  by  Section 6(c)(xiv) hereof or shall have received
          the Advice.

          SECTION 7.     REGISTRATION EXPENSES

               (a)  All  expenses   incident   to   the  Company's  or  the
          Guarantors' performance of or compliance with this Agreement will
          be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, regardless of whether
          a  Registration  Statement becomes effective,  including  without
          limitation: (i) all  registration  and  filing  fees and expenses
          (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser  or  Holder with
          the  NASD  (and,  if  applicable,  the  fees and expenses of  any
          "qualified independent underwriter" and its  counsel  that may be
          required  by  the  rules and regulations of the NASD)); (ii)  all
          fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state
          Blue Sky or securities  laws;  (iii)  all  expenses  of  printing
          (including  printing  certificates  for the Series D Notes to  be
          issued  in  the  Exchange  Offer and printing  of  Prospectuses),
          messenger and delivery services  and telephone; (iv) all fees and
          disbursements of counsel for the Company  and the Guarantors and,
          subject to Section 7(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted
          Securities;  (v) all application and filing  fees  in  connection
          with listing Notes on a national securities exchange or automated
          quotation system,  if any; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of
          independent public accountants  of the Company and the Guarantors
          (including the expenses of any special  audit and comfort letters
          required by or incident to such performance).

                    The Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear
          their  internal  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  all
          salaries  and expenses of its officers and  employees  performing
          legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and
          the fees and  expenses  of any Person, including special experts,
          retained by the Company or  any Guarantor.  The Company shall not
          be responsible for any other expenses or costs, including but not
          limited  to  commissions, fees  and  discounts  of  underwriters,
          brokers, dealers and agents.

               (b)  In connection  with any Registration Statement required
          by  this Agreement (excluding  the  Exchange  Offer  Registration
          Statement),  the  Company  and  the Guarantors will reimburse the
          Initial  Purchasers  and  the  Holders   of  Transfer  Restricted
          Securities  being tendered in the Exchange  Offer  and/or  resold
          pursuant to the  "Plan of Distribution" contained in the Exchange
          Offer Registration  Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf
          Registration Statement,  as  applicable,  for the reasonable fees
          and  disbursements  of not more than one counsel,  who  shall  be
          Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.  or such other counsel as may be chosen by
          the Holders of a majority  in  principal  amount  of the Transfer
          Restricted   Securities   for  whose  benefit  such  Registration
          Statement is being prepared.

          SECTION 8.     INDEMNIFICATION

               (a)  The Company and the  Guarantors, jointly and severally,
          agree to indemnify and hold harmless  (i)  each Holder, (ii) each
          Initial Purchaser, (iii) each person, if any,  who  controls  any
          Holder  or  Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of
          the Act or Section  20(a)  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  (iii) the
          respective     officers,    directors,    partners,    employees,
          representatives  and agents of any Holder or Initial Purchaser or
          any controlling person  (any  person  referred to in clauses (i),
          (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred  to  as an "Indemnified
          Holder"), to the fullest extent lawful, from and  against any and
          all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses  whatsoever
          (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees  and any
          and all reasonable expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating,
          preparing  or  defending against any investigation or litigation,
          commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all
          amounts paid in  settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or
          several, to which  they  or  any of them may become subject under
          the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  insofar  as such losses,
          liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions  in  respect
          thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement  or
          alleged untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact contained in any
          Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,  or  in  any  supplement
          thereto or amendment thereof, or arise out of or are  based  upon
          the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
          required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
          therein,  in the light of the circumstances under which they were
          made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company and the
          Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent, but
          only to the  extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage
          or expense arises  out  of  or  is  based  upon  any  such untrue
          statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  or omission or alleged
          omission  made  therein in reliance upon and in  conformity  with
          written information  furnished  to the Company by or on behalf of
          the any of the Holders expressly for use therein.  This indemnity
          agreement will be in addition to  any  liability that the Company
          and  the  Guarantors  may  otherwise have, including  under  this
          Agreement.

               (b)  Each Holder of Transfer  Restricted  Securities agrees,
          severally  and  not jointly, to indemnify and hold  harmless  the
          Company, each of  the  Guarantors  and  each  person, if any, who
          controls  the  Company  or  any Guarantor within the  meaning  of
          Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a)  of  the Exchange Act and
          each   of   their  respective  officers,  directors,   employers,
          partners, representatives  and  agents  to the same extent as the
          foregoing indemnity from the Company and  the  Guarantors to each
          of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect  to information
          relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such  Holder  for
          use in any Registration Statement, or in any amendment thereof or
          supplement  thereto; provided, however, that in no case shall any
          selling Holder  be liable or responsible for any amount in excess
          of  proceeds received  by  such  Holder  upon  the  sale  of  the
          Registrable   Securities  giving  rise  to  such  indemnification
          obligation.  This  indemnity will be in addition to any liability
          that  the  Holders  may  otherwise  have,  including  under  this
          Agreement.

               (c)  Promptly after  receipt  by  an indemnified party under
          subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of  the commencement of any
          action,  such  indemnified  party shall, if a  claim  in  respect
          thereof is to be made against  the  indemnifying party under such
          subsection, notify each party against  whom indemnification is to
          be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure
          so to notify an indemnifying party shall  not relieve it from any
          liability  that  it may have under this Section  8  or  otherwise
          except to the extent  that it has been prejudiced in any material
          respect by such failure).   In  case  any  such action is brought
          against  any indemnified party, and it notifies  an  indemnifying
          party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be
          entitled to  participate  therein, and to the extent it may elect
          by written notice delivered  to  the  indemnified  party promptly
          after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party,
          to assume and control the defense thereof with counsel reasonably
          satisfactory  to  such  indemnified  party.  Notwithstanding  the
          foregoing, the indemnified party or parties  shall have the right
          to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees
          and  expenses  of  such counsel shall be at the expense  of  such
          indemnified party or  parties  unless  (i) the employment of such
          counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying
          parties in connection with the defense of  such  action, (ii) the
          indemnifying  parties  shall  not have employed counsel  to  take
          charge of the defense of such action  within  a  reasonable  time
          after  notice  of  commencement  of  the  action,  or  (iii) such
          indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that
          there may be defenses available to it that are different  from or
          additional  to  those available to one or all of the indemnifying
          parties (in which  case the indemnifying party shall not have the
          right to direct the  defense  of  such  action  on  behalf of the
          indemnified party or parties), in any of which events  such  fees
          and  expenses  of  counsel  shall  be  borne  by the indemnifying
          parties;  provided,  however, that the indemnifying  party  under
          subsection (a) or (b)  above  shall  only be liable for the legal
          expenses of one counsel (in addition to  any  local  counsel) for
          all  indemnified  parties.   Anything in this subsection  to  the
          contrary  notwithstanding, an indemnifying  party  shall  not  be
          liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected without
          its prior written  consent;  provided  that  such consent was not
          unreasonably withheld.

          SECTION 9.     CONTRIBUTION

               In  order  to  provide for contribution in circumstances  in
          which the indemnification  provided  for  in Section 8 is for any
          reason held to be unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless
          a party indemnified thereunder, the Company  and  the Guarantors,
          on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Holders  on the other hand,  shall
          contribute to the aggregate losses, claims,  damages, liabilities
          and  expenses of the nature contemplated by such  indemnification
          provision  (including any investigation, legal and other expenses
          incurred in  connection  with,  and any amount paid in settlement
          of, any action, suit or proceeding  or  any  claims asserted, but
          after   deducting  in  the  case  of  losses,  claims,   damages,
          liabilities   and  expenses  suffered  by  the  Company  and  the
          Guarantors, any  contribution  received  by  the  Company and the
          Guarantors  from  persons, other than a Holder, who may  also  be
          liable  for  contribution,  including  persons  who  control  the
          Company and the  Guarantors  within  the meaning of Section 15 of
          the  Act  or  Section 20(a) of the Exchange  Act)  to  which  the
          Company, the Guarantors or any Holder may be subject, (i) in such
          proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
          Company and the  Guarantors, on one hand, and each Holder, on the
          other hand, in connection  with  the statements or omissions that
          resulted  in  such  losses,  claims,  damages,   liabilities   or
          expenses, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not
          permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate
          to  reflect not only the relative fault referred to in clause (i)
          above  but  also  other  relevant  equitable considerations.  The
          relative fault of the Company and the  Guarantors,  on  one hand,
          and  of  each  Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined  by
          reference to, among  other  things, whether the untrue or alleged
          untrue statement of a material  fact  or  the omission or alleged
          omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied
          by the Company, the Guarantors or such Holder  and  the  parties'
          relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity
          to  correct  or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company,
          the Guarantors  and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
          agree that it would  not  be  just  and equitable if contribution
          pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation
          or by any other method of allocation  that  does  not  take  into
          account   the   equitable   considerations   referred  to  above.
          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9,  (i) in no case
          shall any Holder be required to contribute any amount  in  excess
          of the amount by which the proceeds received by such Holder  upon
          the  sale  of  the  Transfer Restricted Securities giving rise to
          such obligation exceeds  the  amount  of  any  damages  that such
          Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue
          or  alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission  and
          (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
          meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of  the  Act)  shall  be entitled to
          contribution   from  any  person  who  was  not  guilty  of  such
          fraudulent misrepresentation.   For  purposes  of this Section 9,
          (A) each person, if any, who controls any of the  Holders  within
          the  meaning  of  Section  15  of the Act or Section 20(a) of the
          Exchange  Act  and  (B)  the  respective   officers,   directors,
          partners, employees, representatives and agents of such Holder or
          any controlling person shall have the same rights to contribution
          as the Holders, and each person, if any, who controls the Company
          or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the  Act  or
          Section  20(a)  of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to
          contribution as the  Company  and the Guarantors, subject in each
          case  to  clauses  (i) and (ii) of  this  Section 9.   Any  party
          entitled to contribution  will,  promptly after receipt of notice
          of commencement of any action, suit  or  proceeding  against such
          party  in respect of which a claim for contribution may  be  made
          against  another  party  or  parties under this Section 9, notify
          such party or parties from whom  contribution  may be sought, but
          the failure to so notify such party or parties shall  not relieve
          the  party  or parties from whom contribution may be sought  from
          any obligation  it  or  they  may  have  under  this Section 9 or
          otherwise.   No  party  shall  be  liable  for contribution  with
          respect to any action or claim settled without  its prior written
          consent; provided that such written consent was not  unreasonably
          withheld.

          SECTION 10.RULE 144A

               The  Company  and  the  Guarantors  hereby  agree with  each
          Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities  remain
          outstanding,  to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner
          of Transfer Restricted  Securities  in  connection  with any sale
          thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted
          Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the  information
          required  by  Rule  144A(d)(4)  under  the Act in order to permit
          resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities  pursuant  to Rule
          144A.

          SECTION 11.PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS

               No  Holder  may participate in any Underwritten Registration
          hereunder unless such  Holder  (a)  agrees  to sell such Holder's
          Transfer  Restricted  Securities  on  the basis provided  in  any
          underwriting  arrangements  approved  by  the   Persons  entitled
          hereunder  to  approve  such  arrangements and (b) completes  and
          executes  all  reasonable  questionnaires,  powers  of  attorney,
          indemnities, underwriting agreements,  lock-up  letters and other
          documents   required   under   the  terms  of  such  underwriting
          arrangements.

          SECTION 12.SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS

               The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the
          Shelf Registration Statement who  desire  to  do so may sell such
          Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten  Offering.   In
          any   such   Underwritten  Offering,  the  investment  banker  or
          investment bankers  and  manager or managers that will administer
          the offering will be selected  by  the  Holders  of a majority in
          aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted  Securities
          included in such offering; provided that such investment  bankers
          and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

          SECTION 13.MISCELLANEOUS

               (a)  Remedies.   The  Company  and the Guarantors agree that
          monetary damages (including the liquidated  damages  contemplated
          hereby) would not be adequate compensation for any loss  incurred
          by  reason  of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement
          and hereby agree  to waive the defense in any action for specific
          performance that a remedy at law would be adequate; provided that
          the Liquidated Damages contemplated hereby shall be the exclusive
          remedy for any such breach of Section 3 or 4 of this agreement.

               (b)  No  Inconsistent   Agreements.   The  Company  and  the
          Guarantors shall not, on or after  the  date  of  this Agreement,
          enter into any agreement with respect to its securities  that  is
          inconsistent  with  the  rights  granted  to  the Holders in this
          Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.  The
          rights  granted  to  the  Holders  hereunder do not  in  any  way
          conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to
          the holders of the Company's or any of the Guarantor's securities
          under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

               (c)  Adjustments Affecting the  Notes.   The Company and the
          Guarantors shall not take any action with respect  to  the  Notes
          that  would  materially  and  adversely affect the ability of the
          Holders to Consummate the Exchange Offer.

               (d)  Amendments  and  Waivers.    The   provisions  of  this
          Agreement  may  not  be  amended,  modified or supplemented,  and
          waivers or consents to or departures  from  the provisions hereof
          may  not  be  given unless the Company has obtained  the  written
          consent of Holders  of  a  majority  of the outstanding principal
          amount  of Transfer Restricted Securities.   Notwithstanding  the
          foregoing,  a  waiver or consent to departure from the provisions
          hereof that relates  exclusively  to  the rights of Holders whose
          securities are being tendered pursuant  to the Exchange Offer and
          that does not affect directly or indirectly  the  rights of other
          Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant  to such
          Exchange  Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of  the
          outstanding  principal  amount  of Transfer Restricted Securities
          being tendered.

               (e)  Notices.  All notices and other communications provided
          for or permitted hereunder shall  be  made  in  writing  by hand-
          delivery,  first-class  mail  (registered  or  certified,  return
          receipt   requested),   telex,   telecopier,   or   air   courier
          guaranteeing overnight delivery:

                    (i)  if  to  a Holder, at the address set forth on  the
               records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to
               the Registrar under the Indenture; and

                    (ii) if to the Company or any Guarantor:

                              Trico Marine Services, Inc.
                              2401 Fountain View, Suite 626
                              Houston, Texas  77057

                              Telecopier No.:  (713) 780-0062
                              Attention:  Corporate Secretary

                         with a copy to:

                              Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere &
          Denegre, L.L.P.
                              201 St. Charles Avenue, Suite 5100
                              New Orleans, Louisiana  70170-5100

                              Telecopier No.:  (504) 582-8430
                              Attention:  William B. Masters

               All such notices and  communications shall be deemed to have
          been duly given:  at the time  delivered  by  hand, if personally
          delivered; five business days after being deposited  in the mail,
          postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed;  when
          receipt  acknowledged,  if  telecopied;  and on the next business
          day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight
          delivery.

               Copies of all such notices, demands or  other communications
          shall be concurrently delivered by the Person  giving the same to
          the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

               (f)  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement  shall inure to
          the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and  assigns of
          each of the parties, including without limitation and without the
          need  for  an  express assignment, the successors and assigns  of
          subsequent Holders  of  Transfer Restricted Securities; provided,
          however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or
          be binding upon a successor  or  assign of a Holder unless and to
          the extent such successor or assign  acquired Transfer Restricted
          Securities from such Holder.

               (g)  Counterparts.  This Agreement  may  be  executed in any
          number  of  counterparts  and  by the parties hereto in  separate
          counterparts, each of which when  so  executed shall be deemed to
          be an original and all of which taken together  shall  constitute
          one and the same agreement.

               (h)  Headings.   The  headings  in  this  Agreement are  for
          convenience  of reference only and shall not limit  or  otherwise
          affect the meaning hereof.

               (i)  Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
          CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
          WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

               (j)  Severability.  In the event that any one or more of the
          provisions contained herein, or  the  application  thereof in any
          circumstance,  is  held  invalid,  illegal or unenforceable,  the
          validity, legality and enforceability  of  any  such provision in
          every  other  respect  and of the remaining provisions  contained
          herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

                             [Signature page to follow]
          VEHOU05:68702.1                -1-
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
          as of the date first written above.

                                             Trico Marine Services, Inc.


                                             By
                                                  Victor M. Perez
                                                   Vice President and Chief
          Financial Officer


                                             Trico Marine Assets, Inc.


                                             By
                                                  Victor M. Perez
                                                   Vice President and Chief
          Financial Officer


                                             Trico Marine Operators, Inc.


                                             By
                                                  Victor M. Perez
                                                   Vice President and Chief
          Financial Officer


          Accepted and agreed to as of
          the date first above written:

          Jefferies & Company, Inc.
          Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
          BancBoston Securities Inc.

             by: Jefferies & Company, Inc.
             on behalf of each of the initial purchasers


          By
                Jeffrey J. Hewitt
                Managing Director
          VEHOU05:68702.1                -1-



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission